Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

per+cd-rom

  • 61 advorto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > advorto

  • 62 alter

    alter, tĕra, tĕrum, adj. (the measure of the gen. sing. āltĕrĭŭs as paeon primus is supported in good Latin only by examples from dactylic verse (but see alterĭus in trochaic measure, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 56), in which īpsĭŭs, īllĭŭs, īstĭŭs, ūnĭŭs, etc., are used as dactyls; on the contr., the regular measure āltĕrīŭs, as ditrochaeus, is sufficiently confirmed by the foll. verses of Enn., Ter., and Ter. Maur.: mox cum alterīus abligurias bona, Enn. ap. Donat. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. 29 Vahl.):

    alterīus sua comparent commoda? ah!

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:

    nec alter[imacracute]us indigéns opís veni,

    Ter. Maur. p. 2432 P.;

    and sescupló vel una víncet alter[imacracute]us singulum,

    id. ib. p. 2412 ib.; Prisc. p. 695 ib.; alterius is also commonly used as the gen. of alius, as alīus is little used (v. h. v. fin.).— Dat. sing. f.:

    alterae,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 30; Caes. B. G. 5, 27; Nep. Eum. 1, 6; Col. 5, 11, 10) [a comp. form of al-ius; cf. Sanscr. antara = alius; Goth. anthar; Lith. antras = secundus; Germ. ander; Gr. heteros; Engl. either, other; also Sanscr. itara = alius], the other of two, one of two, the other, ho heteros.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    nam huic alterae patria quae sit, profecto nescio,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45:

    necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:

    altera ex duabus legionibus,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20: mihi cum viris ambobus est amicitia;

    cum altero vero magnus usus,

    Cic. Clu. 42, 117:

    alter consulum,

    Liv. 40, 59:

    alter ex censoribus,

    id. 40, 52:

    in alterā parte fluminis legatum reliquit,

    on the other side, Caes. B. G. 2, 5; id. B. C. 3, 54:

    si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram,

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 39; 28, 1.—Hence: alter ambove, one or both; commonly in the abbreviation:

    A. A. S. E. V. = alter ambove si eis videretur: utique C. Pansa, A. Hirtius consules alter ambove S. E. V. rationem agri habeant,

    Cic. Phil. 5 fin. Wernsd.; cf. id. ib. 8, 11; 9, 7 fin.; 14, 14 fin.; cf.

    Brison. Form. pp. 218 and 219: absente consulum altero ambobusve,

    Liv. 30, 23: ambo alterve, S. C. ap. Front. Aquaed. 100 fin.
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. In distributive clauses: alter... alter, the one... the other (cf. alius, II. A.): ho heteros... ho heteros:

    Si duobus praefurniis coques, lacunā nihil opus erit. Cum cinere eruto opus erit, altero praefurnio eruito, in altero ignis erit,

    Cato, R. R. 38, 9:

    alteram ille amat sororem, ego alteram,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 68; id. Am. 1, 2, 19; 1, 2, 20; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 50:

    quorum alter exercitum perdidit, alter vendidit,

    Cic. Planc. 35; so id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16: namque alterā ex parte Bellovaci instabant;

    alteram Camulogenus tenebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59 Herz.:

    conjunxit alteram (cortinam) alteri,

    Vulg. Exod. 36, 10; 36, 22; ib. Joan. 13, 14; ib. Rom. 12, 5.—
    b.
    In same sense, unus... alter, one... the other, as in later Gr. heis men... heteros de: vitis insitio una est per ver, altera est cum uva floret;

    ea optima est,

    Cato, R. R. 41, 1: Phorm. Una injuria est tecum. Chrem. Lege agito ergo. Phorm. Altera est tecum, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90: uni epistolae respondi;

    venio ad alteram,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 17, 6:

    nomen uni Ada, et nomen alteri Sella,

    Vulg. Gen. 4, 19; ib. Matt. 6, 24:

    Erant duae factiones, quarum una populi causam agebat, altera optimatium,

    Nep. Phoc. 3, 1; Liv. 31, 21:

    consules coepere duo creari, ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum coërceret,

    Eutr. 1, 8:

    Duo homines ascenderunt in templum, unus pharisaeus et alter publicanus,

    Vulg. Luc. 18, 10 al. —
    c.
    Sometimes a subst., or hic, ille, etc., stands in the place of the second alter:

    Epaminondas... Leonidas: quorum alter, etc... Leonidas autem, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Vell. 2, 71, 3:

    alter gladiator habetur, hic autem, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:

    quorum alteri Capitoni cognomen est, iste, qui adest, magnus vocatur,

    id. ib.:

    alterum corporis aegritudo, illum, etc.,

    Flor. 4, 7.—Sometimes
    (α).
    one alter is entirely omitted (cf. alius, II. A.; heteros, L. and S. I. 2.):

    duae turmae haesere: altera metu dedita hosti, pertinacior (sc. altera), etc.,

    Liv. 29, 33:

    hujus lateris alter angulus ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 13; or
    (β).
    the form changed:

    dialecticam adjungunt et physicam, alteram quod habeat rationem.... Physicae quoque etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 21, 72, and 3, 22, 73. —Sometimes a further distributive word is added:

    alter adulescens decessit, alter senex, aliquis praeter hos infans,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    alter in vincula ducitur, alter insperatae praeficitur potestati, alius etc.,

    Amm. 14, 11.—
    d.
    In plur.: nec ad vivos pertineat, nec ad mortuos;

    alteri nulli sunt, alteros non attinget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    alteri dimicant, alteri victorem timent,

    id. Fam. 6, 3: binas a te accepi litteras; quarum alteris mihi gratulabare... alteris dicebas etc., in one of which,... in the other, id. ib. 4, 14:

    quorum alteri adjuvabant, alteri etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17: duplices similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum, Auct. ad Her. 3, 20. —
    e.
    The second alter in a different case:

    alter alterius ova frangit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49:

    uterque numerus plenus, alter alterā de causā habetur,

    Macr. Somn. Scip. 2:

    qui noxii ambo, alter in alterum causam conferant,

    Liv. 5, 11:

    alteri alteros aliquantum attriverant,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; so id. ib. 42, 4;

    53, 7 al. —Also with alteruter: ne alteruter alterum praeoccuparet,

    Nep. Dion. 4, 1.—With unus:

    quom inter nos sorderemus unus alteri,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 30:

    dicunt unus ad alterum,

    Vulg. Ez. 33, 30:

    ne unus adversus alterum infletur pro alio,

    ib. 1 Cor. 4, 6.—With uterque:

    uterque suo studio delectatus contempsit alterum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 4:

    utrique alteris freti finitimos sub imperium suum coëgere,

    Sall. J. 18, 12.—With nemo, nullus, neuter:

    ut nemo sit alteri similis,

    Quint. 2, 9, 2:

    cum tot saeculis nulla referta sit causa, quae esset tota alteri similis,

    id. 7, prooem. 4:

    neutrum eorum contra alterum juvare,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3:

    ut neutra alteri officiat,

    Quint. 1, 1, 3.—After two substt., the first alter generally refers to the first subst., and the second to the second:

    Philippum rebus gestis superatum a filio, facilitate video superiorem fuisse. Itaque alter semper magnus, alter saepe turpissimus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf. Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 21; Brem. ad Suet. Claud. 20.—Sometimes the order is reversed: contra nos (summa gratia et eloquentia) raciunt in hoc tempore;

    quarum alteram (i. e. eloquentiam) vereor, alteram (i. e. gratiam) metuo,

    Cic. Quinct. 1; so id. Off. 3, 18; 1, 12; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 9, 2, 6.—
    2.
    As a numeral = secundus, the second, the next, o heteros:

    primo die, alter dies, tertius dies, deinde reliquis diebus etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 7:

    proximo, altero, tertio, reliquis consecutis diebus non intermittebas etc.,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 Wernsd.:

    quadriennio post alterum consulatum,

    id. Sen. 9:

    die altero,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 32: alteris Te mensis adhibet deum, i. e. at the dessert (= mensā secundā), Hor. C. 4, 5, 31.—So, alterā die, the next day, têi allêi hêmerai, têi heterai:

    se alterā die ad conloquium venturum,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19; Vulg. Gen. 19, 34; ib. Matt. 27, 62:

    die altero,

    ib. Num. 11, 32; ib. Jos. 5, 11 al.—So in comparative sense:

    alterā die quam a Brindisio solvit, in Macedoniam trajecit,

    Liv. 31, 14; Suet. Vit. 3:

    intermittere diem alterum quemque oportet,

    every other day, Cels. 3, 23; 3, 13; 4, 12:

    Olea non continuis annis, sed fere altero quoque fructum adfert,

    Col. R. R. 5, 8.—With prepp.:

    qui (Ptolemaeus) tum regnabat alter post Alexandream conditam,

    next after, Cic. Off. 2, 23, 82; so, fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo, the second or next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49:

    alter ab undecimo jam tum me ceperat annus,

    id. ib. 8, 39.—Hence,
    b.
    Also with tens, hundreds, etc.:

    accepi tuas litteras, quas mihi Cornificius altero vicesimo die reddidit,

    on the twenty-second day, Cic. Fam. 12, 25 Manut.:

    anno trecentesimo altero quam condita Roma erat,

    in the three hundred and second year, Liv. 3, 33:

    vicesima et altera laedit,

    Manil. 4, 466.—
    c.
    So of a number collectively:

    remissarios pedum XII., alteros pedum X.,

    a second ten, Cato, R. R. 19, 2:

    ad Brutum hos libros alteros quinque mittemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    basia mille, deinde centum, dein mille altera, dein secunda centum,

    Cat. 5, 7.—So with the numeral understood: aurea mala decem misi;

    cras altera (sc. decem) mittam,

    a second ten, Verg. E. 3, 71.—Hence,
    d.
    Unus et alter, unus atque alter, unus alterque, the one and the other.
    (α).
    For two (as in Gr. heis kai heteros):

    unus et alter dies intercesserat,

    Cic. Clu. 26:

    adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,

    id. Att. 14, 18:

    et sub eā versus unus et alter erunt,

    Ov. H. 15, 182; so Suet. Tib. 63; id. Calig. 56; id. Claud. 12 (cf. id. Gram. 24: unum vel alterum, vel, cum plurimos, tres aut quattuor admittere).—
    (β).
    More freq. of an indef. number, one and another; and: unusalterve, one or two:

    Unus et item alter,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 50:

    mora si quem tibi item unum alterumve diem abstulerit,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 9; so id. Clu. 13, 38; 13, 26:

    versus paulo concinnior unus et alter,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 74; so id. S. 1, 6, 102; 2, 5, 24; id. A. P. 15:

    ex illis unus et alter ait,

    Ov. F. 2, 394; id. Am. 2, 5, 22; Petr. 108; Plin. Pan. 45 Schwarz; cf. id. ib. 52, 2; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Galb. 14 al.:

    paucis loricae, vix uni alterive cassis aut galea,

    Tac. G. 6.—
    e.
    Alterum tantum, as much more or again, twice as much (cf. Gr. heteron tosouton or hetera tosauta):

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam potius quam sinam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81; so id. Bacch. 5, 2, 65:

    altero tanto aut sesqui major,

    Cic. Or. 56, 188:

    altero tanto longior,

    Nep. Eum. 8, 5; so Dig. 28, 2, 13:

    numero tantum alterum adjecit,

    Liv. 1, 36; so id. 10, 46; Auct. B. Hisp. 30; Dig. 49, 14, 3 al.—
    f.
    Alteri totidem, as many more:

    de alteris totidem scribere incipiamus,

    Varr. L. L. 8, 24 Müll. —
    g.
    To mark the similarity of one object to another in qualities, etc., a second, another (as in English, a second father, my second self, and the like). So,
    (α).
    With a proper name, used as an appellative (cf. alius, II. G.):

    Verres, alter Orcus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 50:

    alterum se Verrem putabat,

    id. ib. 5, 33 fin.:

    Hamilcar, Mars alter,

    Liv. 21, 10.—
    (β).
    With a com. noun:

    me sicut alterum parentem observat,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 8:

    altera patria,

    Flor. 2, 6, 42 al. —
    (γ).
    Alter ego, a second self, of very intimate friends (in the class. per. perh. only in Cic. Ep.; cf. ho hetairos, heteros egô, Clem. Al. 450):

    vide quam mihi persuaserim te me esse alterum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 5:

    me alterum se fore dixit,

    id. Att. 4, 1:

    quoniam alterum me reliquissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 15; Aus. praef. 2, 15.—
    (δ).
    Alter idem, a second self, like heteroi hautoi, Arist. Eth. M. 8, 12, 3 (on account of the singularity of the expression, introduced by tamquam):

    amicus est tamquam alter idem,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 82.—
    3.
    The one of two, either of two, without a more precise designation, for alteruter:

    non uterque sed alter,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 132:

    fortasse utrumque, alterum certe,

    id. Att. 11, 18:

    melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrūm vivemus,

    Liv. 1, 13:

    nec rogarem, ut mea de vobis altera amica foret,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 520:

    ex duobus, quorum alterum petis, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    ex duobus (quorum necesse est alterum verum), etc.,

    Quint. 5, 10, 69:

    ac si necesse est in alteram errare partem, maluerim etc.,

    id. 10, 1, 26; 1, 4, 24; 9, 3, 6 al.—Once also with a negative, neither of two: hos, tamquam medios, [p. 98] nec in alterius favorem inclinatos, miserat rex, Liv. 40, 20, 4.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Another of a class = alius (as opp. to one's self, to another); subst., another, a neighbor, a fellow-creature, ho pelas (so sometimes heteros, Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 17); cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 90 and 458 (alter designates the similarity of two objects; alius a difference in the objects contrasted): SI. INIVRIAM. FAXIT. ALTERI., Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1:

    qui alterum incusat probri, eum ipsum se intueri oportet,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 58; id. Am. prol. 84: mox dum alterius abligurias bona, quid censes dominis esse animi? Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25:

    ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 3: qui alteris exitium paret, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 39:

    qui nihil alterius causā facit et metitur suis commodis omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14:

    ut aeque quisque altero delectetur ac se ipso,

    id. Off. 1, 17, 56; 1, 2, 4:

    scientem in errorem alterum inducere,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55 et saep.:

    cave ne portus occupet alter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 32 Schmid.:

    nil obstet tibi, dum ne sit te ditior alter,

    id. S. 1, 1, 40; 1, 5, 33:

    canis parturiens cum rogāsset alteram, ut etc.,

    Phaedr. 1, 19:

    nec patientem sessoris alterius (equum) primus ascendit,

    Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58:

    in quo judicas alterum, te ipsum condemnas,

    Vulg. Rom. 2, 1:

    nemo quod suum est quaerat, sed quod alterius,

    ib. 1 Cor. 10, 24;

    14, 17: sic in semet ipso tantum gloriam habebit et non in altero,

    ib. Gal. 6, 4 al. —Hence, alter with a neg., or neg. question and comp., as an emphatic expression (mostly ante-class.; cf.

    alius, II. H.): scelestiorem nullum illuxere alterum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 22:

    scelestiorem in terrā nullam esse alteram,

    id. Cist. 4, 1, 8:

    qui me alter audacior est homo?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 1; id. Ep. 1, 1, 24.—
    B.
    The other, the opposite:

    alterius factionis principes,

    the leaders of the opposite party, Nep. Pelop. 1, 4 (cf. id. ib. 1, 2:

    adversariae factioni): studiosiorem partis alterius,

    Suet. Tib. 11. —
    C.
    In gen., different:

    quotiens te speculo videris alterum,

    Hor. C. 4, 10, 6: abeuntes post carnem alteram (Gr. heteros, q. v. L. and S. III.), Vulg. Jud. 7.—
    D.
    In the lang. of augury, euphem. for infaustus, unfavorable, unpropitious, Fest. p. 6 (v. L. and S. Gr. Lex. s. v. heteros, III. 2.).
    The gen.
    alterius commonly serves as gen. of alius instead of alīus, Cic. Fam. 15, 1, 1; id. Att. 1, 5, 1; 1, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 1; Sall. C. 52, 8; Liv. 21, 13, 3; 22, 14, 4; 26, 8, 2; 28, 37, 6 al.; Col. 8, 17, 2; 11, 2, 87; 12, 22, 2; Sen. Ep. 72, 10; 102, 3; id. Ben. 4, 3, 1; id. Ot. Sap. 4, 1; id. Brev. Vit. 16, 2; id. Q. N. 2, 34, 1 al.; Quint. 7, 9, 8; 8, 3, 73 al.; Tac. A. 15, 25; id. H. 2, 90; Plin. Ep. 10, 114, 2; Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58 al.; Gell. 2, 28 al.—It also stands as correlative to alius:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est, alterius continuata mors somno est,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    cum inventum sit ex veris (gemmis) generis alterius in aliud falsas traducere,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 197; Plin. Pan. 2, 6 (Neue, Formenl. II. p. 216).
    altĕras, adv.
    [alter], for alias, acc. to Paul. ex. Fest. p. 27 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alter

  • 63 alteras

    alter, tĕra, tĕrum, adj. (the measure of the gen. sing. āltĕrĭŭs as paeon primus is supported in good Latin only by examples from dactylic verse (but see alterĭus in trochaic measure, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 56), in which īpsĭŭs, īllĭŭs, īstĭŭs, ūnĭŭs, etc., are used as dactyls; on the contr., the regular measure āltĕrīŭs, as ditrochaeus, is sufficiently confirmed by the foll. verses of Enn., Ter., and Ter. Maur.: mox cum alterīus abligurias bona, Enn. ap. Donat. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. 29 Vahl.):

    alterīus sua comparent commoda? ah!

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 4:

    nec alter[imacracute]us indigéns opís veni,

    Ter. Maur. p. 2432 P.;

    and sescupló vel una víncet alter[imacracute]us singulum,

    id. ib. p. 2412 ib.; Prisc. p. 695 ib.; alterius is also commonly used as the gen. of alius, as alīus is little used (v. h. v. fin.).— Dat. sing. f.:

    alterae,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45; Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 30; Caes. B. G. 5, 27; Nep. Eum. 1, 6; Col. 5, 11, 10) [a comp. form of al-ius; cf. Sanscr. antara = alius; Goth. anthar; Lith. antras = secundus; Germ. ander; Gr. heteros; Engl. either, other; also Sanscr. itara = alius], the other of two, one of two, the other, ho heteros.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    nam huic alterae patria quae sit, profecto nescio,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 45:

    necesse est enim sit alterum de duobus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 97:

    altera ex duabus legionibus,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 20: mihi cum viris ambobus est amicitia;

    cum altero vero magnus usus,

    Cic. Clu. 42, 117:

    alter consulum,

    Liv. 40, 59:

    alter ex censoribus,

    id. 40, 52:

    in alterā parte fluminis legatum reliquit,

    on the other side, Caes. B. G. 2, 5; id. B. C. 3, 54:

    si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram,

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 39; 28, 1.—Hence: alter ambove, one or both; commonly in the abbreviation:

    A. A. S. E. V. = alter ambove si eis videretur: utique C. Pansa, A. Hirtius consules alter ambove S. E. V. rationem agri habeant,

    Cic. Phil. 5 fin. Wernsd.; cf. id. ib. 8, 11; 9, 7 fin.; 14, 14 fin.; cf.

    Brison. Form. pp. 218 and 219: absente consulum altero ambobusve,

    Liv. 30, 23: ambo alterve, S. C. ap. Front. Aquaed. 100 fin.
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. In distributive clauses: alter... alter, the one... the other (cf. alius, II. A.): ho heteros... ho heteros:

    Si duobus praefurniis coques, lacunā nihil opus erit. Cum cinere eruto opus erit, altero praefurnio eruito, in altero ignis erit,

    Cato, R. R. 38, 9:

    alteram ille amat sororem, ego alteram,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 68; id. Am. 1, 2, 19; 1, 2, 20; Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 50:

    quorum alter exercitum perdidit, alter vendidit,

    Cic. Planc. 35; so id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16: namque alterā ex parte Bellovaci instabant;

    alteram Camulogenus tenebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59 Herz.:

    conjunxit alteram (cortinam) alteri,

    Vulg. Exod. 36, 10; 36, 22; ib. Joan. 13, 14; ib. Rom. 12, 5.—
    b.
    In same sense, unus... alter, one... the other, as in later Gr. heis men... heteros de: vitis insitio una est per ver, altera est cum uva floret;

    ea optima est,

    Cato, R. R. 41, 1: Phorm. Una injuria est tecum. Chrem. Lege agito ergo. Phorm. Altera est tecum, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90: uni epistolae respondi;

    venio ad alteram,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 17, 6:

    nomen uni Ada, et nomen alteri Sella,

    Vulg. Gen. 4, 19; ib. Matt. 6, 24:

    Erant duae factiones, quarum una populi causam agebat, altera optimatium,

    Nep. Phoc. 3, 1; Liv. 31, 21:

    consules coepere duo creari, ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum coërceret,

    Eutr. 1, 8:

    Duo homines ascenderunt in templum, unus pharisaeus et alter publicanus,

    Vulg. Luc. 18, 10 al. —
    c.
    Sometimes a subst., or hic, ille, etc., stands in the place of the second alter:

    Epaminondas... Leonidas: quorum alter, etc... Leonidas autem, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Vell. 2, 71, 3:

    alter gladiator habetur, hic autem, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 17:

    quorum alteri Capitoni cognomen est, iste, qui adest, magnus vocatur,

    id. ib.:

    alterum corporis aegritudo, illum, etc.,

    Flor. 4, 7.—Sometimes
    (α).
    one alter is entirely omitted (cf. alius, II. A.; heteros, L. and S. I. 2.):

    duae turmae haesere: altera metu dedita hosti, pertinacior (sc. altera), etc.,

    Liv. 29, 33:

    hujus lateris alter angulus ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 13; or
    (β).
    the form changed:

    dialecticam adjungunt et physicam, alteram quod habeat rationem.... Physicae quoque etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 21, 72, and 3, 22, 73. —Sometimes a further distributive word is added:

    alter adulescens decessit, alter senex, aliquis praeter hos infans,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    alter in vincula ducitur, alter insperatae praeficitur potestati, alius etc.,

    Amm. 14, 11.—
    d.
    In plur.: nec ad vivos pertineat, nec ad mortuos;

    alteri nulli sunt, alteros non attinget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 91:

    alteri dimicant, alteri victorem timent,

    id. Fam. 6, 3: binas a te accepi litteras; quarum alteris mihi gratulabare... alteris dicebas etc., in one of which,... in the other, id. ib. 4, 14:

    quorum alteri adjuvabant, alteri etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 17: duplices similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum, Auct. ad Her. 3, 20. —
    e.
    The second alter in a different case:

    alter alterius ova frangit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49:

    uterque numerus plenus, alter alterā de causā habetur,

    Macr. Somn. Scip. 2:

    qui noxii ambo, alter in alterum causam conferant,

    Liv. 5, 11:

    alteri alteros aliquantum attriverant,

    Sall. J. 79, 4; so id. ib. 42, 4;

    53, 7 al. —Also with alteruter: ne alteruter alterum praeoccuparet,

    Nep. Dion. 4, 1.—With unus:

    quom inter nos sorderemus unus alteri,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 30:

    dicunt unus ad alterum,

    Vulg. Ez. 33, 30:

    ne unus adversus alterum infletur pro alio,

    ib. 1 Cor. 4, 6.—With uterque:

    uterque suo studio delectatus contempsit alterum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 4:

    utrique alteris freti finitimos sub imperium suum coëgere,

    Sall. J. 18, 12.—With nemo, nullus, neuter:

    ut nemo sit alteri similis,

    Quint. 2, 9, 2:

    cum tot saeculis nulla referta sit causa, quae esset tota alteri similis,

    id. 7, prooem. 4:

    neutrum eorum contra alterum juvare,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 1, 3:

    ut neutra alteri officiat,

    Quint. 1, 1, 3.—After two substt., the first alter generally refers to the first subst., and the second to the second:

    Philippum rebus gestis superatum a filio, facilitate video superiorem fuisse. Itaque alter semper magnus, alter saepe turpissimus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf. Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 21; Brem. ad Suet. Claud. 20.—Sometimes the order is reversed: contra nos (summa gratia et eloquentia) raciunt in hoc tempore;

    quarum alteram (i. e. eloquentiam) vereor, alteram (i. e. gratiam) metuo,

    Cic. Quinct. 1; so id. Off. 3, 18; 1, 12; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 9, 2, 6.—
    2.
    As a numeral = secundus, the second, the next, o heteros:

    primo die, alter dies, tertius dies, deinde reliquis diebus etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 7:

    proximo, altero, tertio, reliquis consecutis diebus non intermittebas etc.,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 Wernsd.:

    quadriennio post alterum consulatum,

    id. Sen. 9:

    die altero,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 32: alteris Te mensis adhibet deum, i. e. at the dessert (= mensā secundā), Hor. C. 4, 5, 31.—So, alterā die, the next day, têi allêi hêmerai, têi heterai:

    se alterā die ad conloquium venturum,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19; Vulg. Gen. 19, 34; ib. Matt. 27, 62:

    die altero,

    ib. Num. 11, 32; ib. Jos. 5, 11 al.—So in comparative sense:

    alterā die quam a Brindisio solvit, in Macedoniam trajecit,

    Liv. 31, 14; Suet. Vit. 3:

    intermittere diem alterum quemque oportet,

    every other day, Cels. 3, 23; 3, 13; 4, 12:

    Olea non continuis annis, sed fere altero quoque fructum adfert,

    Col. R. R. 5, 8.—With prepp.:

    qui (Ptolemaeus) tum regnabat alter post Alexandream conditam,

    next after, Cic. Off. 2, 23, 82; so, fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo, the second or next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49:

    alter ab undecimo jam tum me ceperat annus,

    id. ib. 8, 39.—Hence,
    b.
    Also with tens, hundreds, etc.:

    accepi tuas litteras, quas mihi Cornificius altero vicesimo die reddidit,

    on the twenty-second day, Cic. Fam. 12, 25 Manut.:

    anno trecentesimo altero quam condita Roma erat,

    in the three hundred and second year, Liv. 3, 33:

    vicesima et altera laedit,

    Manil. 4, 466.—
    c.
    So of a number collectively:

    remissarios pedum XII., alteros pedum X.,

    a second ten, Cato, R. R. 19, 2:

    ad Brutum hos libros alteros quinque mittemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 41, 121:

    basia mille, deinde centum, dein mille altera, dein secunda centum,

    Cat. 5, 7.—So with the numeral understood: aurea mala decem misi;

    cras altera (sc. decem) mittam,

    a second ten, Verg. E. 3, 71.—Hence,
    d.
    Unus et alter, unus atque alter, unus alterque, the one and the other.
    (α).
    For two (as in Gr. heis kai heteros):

    unus et alter dies intercesserat,

    Cic. Clu. 26:

    adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,

    id. Att. 14, 18:

    et sub eā versus unus et alter erunt,

    Ov. H. 15, 182; so Suet. Tib. 63; id. Calig. 56; id. Claud. 12 (cf. id. Gram. 24: unum vel alterum, vel, cum plurimos, tres aut quattuor admittere).—
    (β).
    More freq. of an indef. number, one and another; and: unusalterve, one or two:

    Unus et item alter,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 50:

    mora si quem tibi item unum alterumve diem abstulerit,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 9; so id. Clu. 13, 38; 13, 26:

    versus paulo concinnior unus et alter,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 74; so id. S. 1, 6, 102; 2, 5, 24; id. A. P. 15:

    ex illis unus et alter ait,

    Ov. F. 2, 394; id. Am. 2, 5, 22; Petr. 108; Plin. Pan. 45 Schwarz; cf. id. ib. 52, 2; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Galb. 14 al.:

    paucis loricae, vix uni alterive cassis aut galea,

    Tac. G. 6.—
    e.
    Alterum tantum, as much more or again, twice as much (cf. Gr. heteron tosouton or hetera tosauta):

    etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam potius quam sinam, etc.,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81; so id. Bacch. 5, 2, 65:

    altero tanto aut sesqui major,

    Cic. Or. 56, 188:

    altero tanto longior,

    Nep. Eum. 8, 5; so Dig. 28, 2, 13:

    numero tantum alterum adjecit,

    Liv. 1, 36; so id. 10, 46; Auct. B. Hisp. 30; Dig. 49, 14, 3 al.—
    f.
    Alteri totidem, as many more:

    de alteris totidem scribere incipiamus,

    Varr. L. L. 8, 24 Müll. —
    g.
    To mark the similarity of one object to another in qualities, etc., a second, another (as in English, a second father, my second self, and the like). So,
    (α).
    With a proper name, used as an appellative (cf. alius, II. G.):

    Verres, alter Orcus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 50:

    alterum se Verrem putabat,

    id. ib. 5, 33 fin.:

    Hamilcar, Mars alter,

    Liv. 21, 10.—
    (β).
    With a com. noun:

    me sicut alterum parentem observat,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 8:

    altera patria,

    Flor. 2, 6, 42 al. —
    (γ).
    Alter ego, a second self, of very intimate friends (in the class. per. perh. only in Cic. Ep.; cf. ho hetairos, heteros egô, Clem. Al. 450):

    vide quam mihi persuaserim te me esse alterum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 5:

    me alterum se fore dixit,

    id. Att. 4, 1:

    quoniam alterum me reliquissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 15; Aus. praef. 2, 15.—
    (δ).
    Alter idem, a second self, like heteroi hautoi, Arist. Eth. M. 8, 12, 3 (on account of the singularity of the expression, introduced by tamquam):

    amicus est tamquam alter idem,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 82.—
    3.
    The one of two, either of two, without a more precise designation, for alteruter:

    non uterque sed alter,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 132:

    fortasse utrumque, alterum certe,

    id. Att. 11, 18:

    melius peribimus quam sine alteris vestrūm vivemus,

    Liv. 1, 13:

    nec rogarem, ut mea de vobis altera amica foret,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 520:

    ex duobus, quorum alterum petis, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    ex duobus (quorum necesse est alterum verum), etc.,

    Quint. 5, 10, 69:

    ac si necesse est in alteram errare partem, maluerim etc.,

    id. 10, 1, 26; 1, 4, 24; 9, 3, 6 al.—Once also with a negative, neither of two: hos, tamquam medios, [p. 98] nec in alterius favorem inclinatos, miserat rex, Liv. 40, 20, 4.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Another of a class = alius (as opp. to one's self, to another); subst., another, a neighbor, a fellow-creature, ho pelas (so sometimes heteros, Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 17); cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 90 and 458 (alter designates the similarity of two objects; alius a difference in the objects contrasted): SI. INIVRIAM. FAXIT. ALTERI., Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1:

    qui alterum incusat probri, eum ipsum se intueri oportet,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 58; id. Am. prol. 84: mox dum alterius abligurias bona, quid censes dominis esse animi? Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25:

    ut malis gaudeant atque ex incommodis Alterius sua ut comparent commoda,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 3: qui alteris exitium paret, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 39:

    qui nihil alterius causā facit et metitur suis commodis omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14:

    ut aeque quisque altero delectetur ac se ipso,

    id. Off. 1, 17, 56; 1, 2, 4:

    scientem in errorem alterum inducere,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55 et saep.:

    cave ne portus occupet alter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 32 Schmid.:

    nil obstet tibi, dum ne sit te ditior alter,

    id. S. 1, 1, 40; 1, 5, 33:

    canis parturiens cum rogāsset alteram, ut etc.,

    Phaedr. 1, 19:

    nec patientem sessoris alterius (equum) primus ascendit,

    Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58:

    in quo judicas alterum, te ipsum condemnas,

    Vulg. Rom. 2, 1:

    nemo quod suum est quaerat, sed quod alterius,

    ib. 1 Cor. 10, 24;

    14, 17: sic in semet ipso tantum gloriam habebit et non in altero,

    ib. Gal. 6, 4 al. —Hence, alter with a neg., or neg. question and comp., as an emphatic expression (mostly ante-class.; cf.

    alius, II. H.): scelestiorem nullum illuxere alterum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 22:

    scelestiorem in terrā nullam esse alteram,

    id. Cist. 4, 1, 8:

    qui me alter audacior est homo?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 1; id. Ep. 1, 1, 24.—
    B.
    The other, the opposite:

    alterius factionis principes,

    the leaders of the opposite party, Nep. Pelop. 1, 4 (cf. id. ib. 1, 2:

    adversariae factioni): studiosiorem partis alterius,

    Suet. Tib. 11. —
    C.
    In gen., different:

    quotiens te speculo videris alterum,

    Hor. C. 4, 10, 6: abeuntes post carnem alteram (Gr. heteros, q. v. L. and S. III.), Vulg. Jud. 7.—
    D.
    In the lang. of augury, euphem. for infaustus, unfavorable, unpropitious, Fest. p. 6 (v. L. and S. Gr. Lex. s. v. heteros, III. 2.).
    The gen.
    alterius commonly serves as gen. of alius instead of alīus, Cic. Fam. 15, 1, 1; id. Att. 1, 5, 1; 1, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 1; Sall. C. 52, 8; Liv. 21, 13, 3; 22, 14, 4; 26, 8, 2; 28, 37, 6 al.; Col. 8, 17, 2; 11, 2, 87; 12, 22, 2; Sen. Ep. 72, 10; 102, 3; id. Ben. 4, 3, 1; id. Ot. Sap. 4, 1; id. Brev. Vit. 16, 2; id. Q. N. 2, 34, 1 al.; Quint. 7, 9, 8; 8, 3, 73 al.; Tac. A. 15, 25; id. H. 2, 90; Plin. Ep. 10, 114, 2; Suet. Caes. 61; id. Tib. 58 al.; Gell. 2, 28 al.—It also stands as correlative to alius:

    alius inter cenandum solutus est, alterius continuata mors somno est,

    Sen. Ep. 66, 39:

    cum inventum sit ex veris (gemmis) generis alterius in aliud falsas traducere,

    Plin. 37, 12, 75, § 197; Plin. Pan. 2, 6 (Neue, Formenl. II. p. 216).
    altĕras, adv.
    [alter], for alias, acc. to Paul. ex. Fest. p. 27 Müll.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alteras

  • 64 arma

    arma, ōrum, n. ( gen. plur. armūm, Pac. ap. Cic. Or. 46, 155; Att. ap. Non. p. 495, 23, considered by Cic. in the connection armūm judicium as less correct than armorum) [cf. ARÔ, arariskô = to fit; arthron = joint; harmos = armus = joint, shoulder; artaô = artio, arto = to fit, to fit in closely; artios = fit, exact; artus = close, narrow; ars (artis) = the craft of fitting things; artifex, artificium; Goth. arms = O. H. Germ. aram = Engl. arm; Sanscr. ar = to hit upon, attain; aram = fit, fast; īrmas = arm. Curt.].
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    1.. What is fitted to the body for its protection, defensive armor, as the shield, coat of mail, helmet, etc.:

    tot milia armorum, detracta corporibus hostium,

    Liv. 45, 39:

    induere arma,

    id. 30, 31:

    arma his imperata, galea, clipeum, ocreae, lorica, omnia ex aere,

    id. 1, 43:

    pictis et auro caelatis refulgens armis,

    id. 7, 10. —
    2.
    Specifically, a shield:

    at Lausum socii exanimem super arma ferebant,

    on a shield, Verg. A. 10, 841:

    caelestia arma, quae ancilia appellantur,

    Liv. 1, 20 (v. ancile); id. 8, 30; 1, 37; cf. Verg. A. 1, 119 Heyne; Tac. G. 11 Rup.; Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 43:

    Aeneas se collegit in arma,

    gathered himself under his shield, Verg. A. 12, 491.—Hence, in a more extended sense,
    B.
    Implements of war, arms, both of defence and offence (but of the latter only those which are used in close contest, such as the sword, axe, club; in distinction from tela, which are used in contest at a distance; hence, arma and tela are often contrasted; v. the foll., and cf. Bremi and Dähne ad Nep. Dat. 11, 3): arma rigent, horrescunt tela, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4; id. ap. Non. p. 469, 26:

    arma alia ad tegendum, alia ad nocendum,

    Cic. Caec. 21:

    armis condicione positis aut defetigatione abjectis aut victoriā detractis,

    id. Fam. 6, 2:

    illum dicis cum armis aureis, Quoius etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 16:

    ibi Simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60:

    arma antiqua manus, ungues dentesque fuerunt Et lapides, et item, silvarum fragmina, ramei,

    Lucr. 5, 1283; so,

    Mutum et turpe pecus (i. e. primeval man), glandem et cubilia propter Unguibus et pugnis, dein fustibus, atque ita porro Pugnabant armis, quae post fabricaverat usus,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 100 sqq.:

    capere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Phil. 4, 3, 7; id. Rab. Perd. 6 and 7:

    sumere,

    id. Planc. 36, 88 Wund.; id. Tusc. 2, 24, 58; Vulg. Gen. 27, 3; ib. 3 Reg. 22, 30:

    accipere, ib. Judith, 14, 2: adprehendere,

    ib. Psa. 34, 2:

    resumere,

    Suet. Calig. 48:

    aptare,

    Liv. 5, 49:

    induere,

    id. 30, 31; Ov. M. 14, 798; id. F. 1, 521; Verg. A. 11, 83; Luc. 1, 126:

    accingi armis,

    Verg. A. 6, 184, and Vulg. Jud. 18, 11:

    armis instructus,

    ib. Deut. 1, 41; ib. 1 Par. 12, 13:

    concitare ad arma,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    descendere ad arma,

    id. ib. 7, 33:

    vocare ad arma,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 7, 21:

    vocare in arma,

    Verg. A. 9, 22:

    ferre contra aliquem,

    Vell. 2, 56:

    decernere armis,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3:

    armis cum hoste certare,

    id. Off. 3, 22, 87; so,

    saevis armis,

    Verg. A. 12, 890:

    dimicare armis cum aliquo,

    Nep. Milt. 1, 2:

    esse in armis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 49; Suet. Caes. 69:

    ponere, abicere,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 2:

    relinquere,

    Liv. 2, 10:

    tradere,

    Nep. Ham. 1, 5; Suet. Vit. 10:

    amittere,

    Verg. A. 1, 474:

    proicere,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 5, 43;

    7, 44: deripere militibus,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 19:

    dirimere,

    Luc. 1, 104 et saep.—Hence, arma virosque, per arma, per viros, etc., Liv. 8, 25; 8, 30 al.; v. Burm. ad Verg. A. 1, 1, and cf. Liv. 9, 24:

    tela et arma: armorum atque telorum portationes,

    Sall. C. 42, 2; Liv. 1, 25; Col. 12, 3; Tac. G. 29 and 33:

    armis et castris, prov. (like remis velisque, viris equisque),

    with vigor, with might and main, Cic. Off. 2, 24, 84.—
    II.
    Trop., means of protection, defence, weapons:

    tenere semper arma (sc. eloquentiae), quibus vel tectus ipse esse possis, vel, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 32:

    prudentiae,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 172:

    senectutis,

    id. Lael. 4. 9:

    tectus Vulcaniis armis, id est fortitudine,

    id. Tusc. 2, 14, 33:

    eloquentiae,

    Quint. 5, 12, 21:

    facundiae,

    id. 2, 16, 10:

    justitiae,

    Vulg. Rom. 6, 13; ib. 2 Cor. 6, 7:

    arma lucis,

    ib. Rom. 13, 12:

    horriferum contra Borean ovis arma ministret, i. e. lanas,

    Ov. M. 15, 471:

    haec mihi Stertinius arma (i. e. praecepta) dedit,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 297; cf. id. Ep. 1, 16, 67:

    arma militiae nostrae non carnalia sunt,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 4.
    a.
    War (once in opp. to pax, v. infra):

    silent leges inter arma,

    Cic. Mil. 4, 10; id. Att. 7, 3, 5:

    arma civilia,

    civil war, id. Fam. 2, 16, and Tac. A. 1, 9:

    civilia arma,

    id. Agr. 16; id. G. 37 (otherwise, bella civilia, Cic. Off. 1, 25, 86, and Tac. Agr. 13):

    ab externis armis otium erat,

    Liv. 3, 14; 9, 1; 3, 69 Drak.; 9, 32; 42, 2; Tac. H. 2, 1 al.:

    a Rubro Mari arma conatus sit inferre Italiae,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 1 (for which more freq. bellum inferre alicui, v. infero):

    ad horrida promptior arma,

    Ov. M. 1, 126:

    qui fera nuntiet arma,

    id. ib. 5, 4;

    14, 479: compositis venerantur armis,

    Hor. C. 4, 14, 52. So the beginning of the Æneid: Arma virumque cano; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 7:

    melius visum Gallos novam gentem pace potius cognosci quam armis,

    Liv. 5, 35 fin.; cf.:

    cedant arma togae,

    Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76.—Also for battle, contest:

    in arma feror,

    Verg. A. 2, 337; so id. ib. 2, 655.—
    b.
    (Abstr. for concr.) The warriors themselves, soldiers, troops:

    nulla usquam apparuerunt arma,

    Liv. 41, 12:

    nostro supplicio liberemus Romana arma, i. e. Romanum exercitum,

    id. 9, 9; 21, 26:

    Hispanias armis non ita redundare,

    Tac. H. 2, 32:

    expertem frustra belli et neutra arma secutum,

    neither party, Ov. M. 5, 91: auxiliaria arma, auxiliaries, auxiliary troops = auxiliares (v. auxiliaris, I.), id. ib. 6, 424; cf. id. ib. 14, 528.—
    III.
    Transf., poet. (like hoplon and entea in Gr.), implements, instruments, tools, utensils, in gen. Of implements for grinding and baking:

    Cerealia arma,

    the arms of Ceres, Verg. A. 1, 177 (cf. Hom. Od. 7, 232: entea daitos). —Of implements of agriculture, Ov. M. 11, 35:

    dicendum est, quae sint duris agrestibus arma, Quīs sine nec potuere seri nec surgere messes,

    Verg. G. 1, 160.—Of the equipments, tackle of a ship ( mast, sails, rudder, etc.):

    colligere arma jubet validisque incumbere remis,

    Verg. A. 5, 15; 6, 353.—Hence used by Ovid for wings:

    haec umeris arma parata suis, A. A. 2, 50 (cf. in the foll. verse: his patria est adeunda carinis).—And so of other instruments,

    Mart. 14, 36.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > arma

  • 65 cado

    cădo, cĕcĭdi, cāsum, 3 ( part. pres. gen. plur. cadentūm, Verg. A. 10, 674; 12, 410), v. n. [cf. Sanscr. çad-, to fall away].
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In an extended sense, to be driven or carried by one ' s weight from a higher to a lower point, to fall down, be precipitated, sink down, go down, sink, fall (so mostly poet.; in prose, in place of it, the compounds decĭdo, occĭdo, excĭdo, etc.; cf. also ruo, labor;

    opp. surgo, sto): tum arbores in te cadent,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 25: (aves) praecipites cadunt in terram aut in aquam, fall headlong to the earth or into the water, Lucr. 6, 745; cf. id. 6, 828;

    imitated by Verg.: (apes) praecipites cadunt,

    Verg. G. 4, 80:

    nimbus, Ut picis e caelo demissum flumen, in undas Sic cadit, etc.,

    Lucr. 6, 258:

    cadit in terras vis flammea,

    id. 2, 215; so with in, id. 2, 209; 4, 1282; 6, 1006; 6, 1125; Prop. 4 (5), 4, 64:

    in patrios pedes,

    Ov. F. 2, 832.—With a different meaning:

    omnes plerumque cadunt in vulnus,

    in the direction of, towards their wound, Lucr. 4, 1049; cf.:

    prolapsa in vulnus moribunda cecidit,

    Liv. 1, 58, 11:

    cadit in vultus,

    Ov. M. 5, 292:

    in pectus,

    id. ib. 4, 579.—Less freq. with ad:

    ad terras,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216:

    ad terram,

    Quint. 5, 10, 84.—The place from which is designated by ab, ex, de:

    a summo cadere,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 15:

    a mento cadit manus,

    Ov. F. 3, 20:

    aves ab alto,

    Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    ut cadat (avis) e regione loci,

    Lucr. 6, 824:

    ex arbore,

    Plin. 17, 20, 34, § 148; Dig. 50, 16, 30, § 4; 18, 1, 80, § 2:

    cecidisse de equo dicitur,

    Cic. Clu. 62, 175:

    cadere de equo,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 125 (for which Cæsar, Nepos, and Pliny employ decidere):

    de manibus arma cecidissent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 21; cf.:

    de manibus civium delapsa arma ipsa ceciderunt,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 77:

    cadunt altis de montibus umbrae,

    Verg. E. 1, 84:

    de caelo,

    Lucr. 5, 791; Ov. M. 2, 322:

    de matre (i. e. nasci),

    Claud. in Rufin. 1, 92.—With per:

    per inane profundum,

    Lucr. 2, 222:

    per aquas,

    id. 2, 230:

    per salebras altaque saxa,

    Mart. 11, 91; cf.:

    imbre per indignas usque cadente genas,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 18.—With the adverb altius: altius atque cadant summotis nubibus imbres, and poured forth from a greater height, etc., Verg. E. 6, 38.—And absol.:

    folia nunc cadunt,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 24; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 12; Lucr. 6, 297:

    ut pluere in multis regionibus et cadere imbres,

    id. 6, 415:

    cadens nix,

    id. 3, 21; 3, 402:

    velut si prolapsus cecidisset,

    Liv. 1, 56, 12: quaeque ita concus [p. 259] sa est, ut jam casura putetur, Ov. P. 2, 3, 59:

    cadentem Sustinuisse,

    id. M. 8, 148:

    saepius, of epileptics,

    Plin. Val. 12, 58:

    casuri, si leviter excutiantur, flosculi,

    Quint. 12, 10, 73.—
    2.
    Esp.
    a.
    Of heavenly bodies, to decline, set (opp. orior), Ov. F. 1, 295:

    oceani finem juxta solemque cadentem,

    Verg. A. 4, 480; 8, 59; Tac. G. 45:

    soli subjecta cadenti arva,

    Avien. Descr. Orb. 273; cf. Tac. Agr. 12:

    quā (nocte) tristis Orion cadit,

    Hor. Epod. 10, 10:

    Arcturus cadens,

    id. C. 3, 1, 27.—
    b.
    To separate from something by falling, to fall off or away, fall out, to drop off, be shed, etc.:

    nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 57:

    dentes cadere imperat aetas,

    Lucr. 5, 671; Sen. Ep. 12, 3; 83, 3:

    pueri qui primus ceciderit dens,

    Plin. 28, 4, 9, § 41:

    barba,

    Verg. E. 1, 29:

    quam multa in silvis autumni frigore primo Lapsa cadunt folia,

    id. A. 6, 310; cf. Cat. 11, 22; Hor. A. P. 61:

    lanigeris gregibus Sponte suā lanae cadunt,

    Ov. M. 7, 541:

    saetae,

    id. ib. 14, 303:

    quadrupedibus pilum cadere,

    Plin. 11, 39, 94, § 231:

    poma,

    Ov. M. 7, 586:

    cecidere manu quas legerat, herbae,

    id. ib. 14, 350:

    elapsae manibus cecidere tabellae,

    id. ib. 9, 571:

    et colus et fusus digitis cecidere remissis,

    id. ib. 4, 229.—
    c.
    Of a stream, to fall, empty itself:

    amnis Aretho cadit in sinum maris,

    Liv. 38, 4, 3; 38, 13, 6; 44, 31, 4:

    flumina in pontum cadent,

    Sen. Med. 406:

    flumina in Hebrum cadentia,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 50:

    tandem in alterum amnem cadit,

    Curt. 6, 4, 6.—
    d.
    Of dice, to be thrown or cast; to turn up:

    illud, quod cecidit forte,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 23 sq.; Liv. 2, 12, 16.—
    e.
    Alicui (alicujus) ad pedes, to fall at one ' s feet in supplication, etc. (post-class. for abicio, proicio), Sen. Contr. 1, 1, 19; Eutr. 4, 7; Aug. Serm. 143, 4; Vulg. Joan. 11, 32 al.—
    f.
    Super collum allcujus, to embrace (late Lat.), Vulg. Luc. 15, 20.—
    B.
    In a more restricted sense.
    1.
    To fall, to fall down, drop, fall to, be precipitated, etc.; to sink down, to sink, settle (the usual class. signif. in prose and poetry):

    cadere in plano,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 17 sq.:

    deorsum,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 89:

    uspiam,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 12:

    Brutus, velut si prolapsus cecidisset,

    Liv. 1, 56, 12; cf. id. 5, 21, 16; 1, 58, 12:

    dum timent, ne aliquando cadant, semper jacent,

    Quint. 8, 5, 32:

    sinistrā manu sinum ad ima crura deduxit (Caesar), quo honestius caderet,

    Suet. Caes. 82:

    cadere supinus,

    id. Aug. 43 fin.:

    in pectus pronus,

    Ov. M. 4, 579:

    cadunt toti montes,

    Lucr. 6, 546:

    radicitus exturbata (pinus) prona cadit,

    Cat. 64, 109:

    concussae cadunt urbes,

    Lucr. 5, 1236:

    casura moenia Troum,

    Ov. M. 13, 375; id. H. 13, 71:

    multaque praeterea ceciderunt moenia magnis motibus in terris,

    Lucr. 6, 588: languescunt omnia membra;

    bracchia palpebraeque cadunt,

    their arms and eyelids fall, id. 4, 953; 3, 596; so,

    ceciderunt artus,

    id. 3, 453:

    sed tibi tamen oculi, voltus, verba cecidissent,

    Cic. Dom. 52, 133; cf.:

    oculos vigiliā fatigatos cadentesque in opere detineo,

    Sen. Ep. 8, 1:

    patriae cecidere manus,

    Verg. A. 6, 33:

    cur facunda parum decoro Inter verba cadit lingua silentio?

    Hor. C. 4, 1, 36:

    cecidere illis animique manusque,

    Ov. M. 7, 347; Val. Fl. 1, 300; cf. II. F. infra.—
    2.
    In a pregn. signif. (as in most langg., to fall in battle, to die), to fall so as to be unable to rise, to fall dead, to fall, die (opp. vivere), Prop. 2 (3), 28, 42 (usu. of those who die in battle;

    hence most freq. in the histt.): hostes crebri cadunt,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 79 sq.:

    aut in acie cadendum fuit aut in aliquas insidias incidendum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 3; Curt. 4, 1, 28; Ov. M. 7, 142:

    ut cum dignitate potius cadamus quam cum ignominiā serviamus,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 14, 35:

    pauci de nostris cadunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; id. B. C. 3, 53:

    optimus quisque cadere aut sauciari,

    Sall. J. 92, 8; so id. C. 60, 6; id. J. 54, 10; Nep. Paus. 1, 2; id. Thras. 2, 7; id. Dat. 1, 2; 6, 1; 8, 3; Liv. 10, 35, 15 and 19; 21, 7, 10; 23, 21, 7; 29, 14, 8; Tac. G. 33; Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 27; Ov. M. 7, 142:

    per acies,

    Tac. A. 1, 2:

    pro patriā,

    Quint. 2, 15, 29:

    ante diem,

    Verg. A. 4, 620:

    bipenni,

    Ov. M. 12, 611:

    ense,

    Val. Fl. 1, 812.—Not in battle:

    inque pio cadit officio,

    Ov. M. 6, 250.—With abl. of means or instrument:

    suoque Marte (i. e. suā manu) cadunt,

    Ov. M. 3, 123; cf. Tac. A. 3, 42 fin.:

    suā manu cecidit,

    fell by his own hand, id. ib. 15, 71:

    exitu voluntario,

    id. H. 1, 40:

    muliebri fraude cadere,

    id. A. 2, 71: cecidere justā Morte Centauri, cecidit tremendae Flamma Chimaerae, Hor. C. 4, 2, 14 sq.:

    manu femineā,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 1179:

    femineo Marte,

    Ov. M. 12, 610.—With abl. of agent with ab:

    torqueor, infesto ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    should be slain by, Ov. H. 9, 36; so id. M. 5, 192; Suet. Oth. 5:

    a centurione volneribus adversis tamquam in pugnā,

    Tac. A. 16, 9.—And without ab:

    barbarae postquam cecidere turmae Thessalo victore,

    Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; imitated by Claudian, IV. Cons. Hon. 89; Grat. Cyn. 315.—
    b.
    Of victims, to be slain or offered, to be sacrificed, to fall ( poet.):

    multa tibi ante aras nostrā cadet hostia dextrā,

    Verg. A. 1, 334:

    si tener pleno cadit haedus anno,

    Hor. C. 3, 18, 5; Tib. 1, 1, 23; 4, 1, 15; Ov. M. 7, 162; 13, 615; id. F. 4, 653.—
    3.
    In mal. part., = succumbo, to yield to, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 104; Tib. 4, 10, 2; Sen. Contr. 1, 3, 7.—
    4.
    Matre cadens, just born ( poet.), Val. Fl. 1, 355; cf. of the custom of laying the new-born child at the father's feet: tellure cadens. Stat. S. 1, 2, 209; 5, 5, 69.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To come or fall under, to fall, to be subject or exposed to something (more rare than its compound incidere, but class.); constr. usually with sub or in, sometimes with ad:

    sub sensus cadere nostros,

    i. e. to be perceived by the senses, Lucr. 1, 448:

    sub sensum,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 30, 48: in cernendi sensum. id. Tim. 3:

    sub oculos,

    id. Or. 3, 9:

    in conspectum,

    to become visible, id. Tusc. 1, 22, 50:

    sub aurium mensuram,

    id. Or. 20, 67:

    sponte suā (genus humanum) cecidit sub leges artaque jura,

    subjected itself to law and the force of right, Lucr. 5, 1146; so id. 3, 848:

    ad servitia,

    Liv. 1, 40, 3:

    utrorum ad regna,

    Lucr. 3, 836; so,

    sub imperium dicionemque Romanorum,

    Cic. Font. 5, 12 (1, 2):

    in potestatem unius,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 2:

    in cogitationem,

    to suggest itself to the thoughts, id. N. D. 1, 9, 21:

    in hominum disceptationem,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 5:

    in deliberationem,

    id. Off. 1, 3, 9:

    in offensionem alicujus,

    id. N. D. 1, 30, 85:

    in morbum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    in suspitionem alicujus,

    Nep. Paus. 2, 6:

    in calumniam,

    Quint. 9, 4, 57:

    abrupte cadere in narrationem,

    id. 4, 1, 79:

    in peccatum,

    Aug. in Psa. 65, 13.—
    B.
    In gen.: in or sub aliquem or aliquid, to belong to any object, to be in accordance with, agree with, refer to, be suitable to, to fit, suit, become (so esp. freq. in philos. and rhet. lang.):

    non cadit in hos mores, non in hunc pudorem, non in hanc vitam, non in hunc hominem ista suspitio,

    Cic. Sull. 27, 75:

    cadit ergo in bonum virum mentiri, emolumenti sui causā?

    id. Off. 3, 20, 81; so id. Cael. 29, 69; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:

    haec Academica... in personas non cadebant,

    id. Att. 13, 19, 5:

    qui pedes in orationem non cadere quī possunt?

    id. Or. 56, 188:

    neque in unam formam cadunt omnia,

    id. ib. 11, 37; 57, 191; 27, 95; id. de Or. 3, 47, 182; Quint. 3, 7, 6; 4, 2, 37; 4, 2, 93; 6, prooem. § 5; 7, 2, 30 and 31; Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 82:

    heu, cadit in quemquam tantum scelus?

    Verg. E. 9, 17; Cic. Or. 27, 95; 11, 37; Quint. 3, 5, 16; 3, 6, 91; 5, 10, 30; 6, 3, 52; 7, 2, 31; 9, 1, 7;

    9, 3, 92: hoc quoque in rerum naturam cadit, ut, etc.,

    id. 2, 17, 32:

    in iis rebus, quae sub eandem rationem cadunt,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 30, 47; Quint. 8, 3, 56.—
    C.
    To fall upon a definite time (rare):

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    in id saeculum Romuli cecidit aetas, cum, etc.,

    id. Rep. 2, 10, 18.—Hence, in mercantile lang., of payments, to fall due: in eam diem cadere ( were due) nummos, qui a Quinto debentur, Cic. Att. 15, 20, 4.—
    D.
    (Acc. to I. 1. e.) Alicui, to fall to one (as by lot), fall to one ' s lot, happen to one, befall; and absol. (for accidere), to happen, come to pass, occur, result, turn out, fall out (esp. in an unexpected manner; cf. accido; very freq. in prose and poetry).
    1.
    Alicui:

    nihil ipsis jure incommodi cadere possit,

    Cic. Quint. 16, 51:

    hoc cecidit mihi peropportune, quod, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 15; id. Att. 3, 1:

    insperanti mihi, cecidit, ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 21, 96; id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Mil. 30, 81:

    mihi omnia semper honesta et jucunda ceciderunt,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    sunt, quibus ad portas cecidit custodia sorti,

    Verg. G. 4, 165:

    haec aliis maledicta cadant,

    Tib. 1, 6, 85:

    neu tibi pro vano verba benigna cadunt,

    Prop. 1, 10, 24:

    ut illis... voluptas cadat dura inter saepe pericla,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 40: verba cadentia, uttered at random, id. Ep. 1, 18, 12.—
    2.
    Ab sol., Afran. ap. Charis. p. 195 P.;

    Cic. Leg.2, 13, 33: verebar quorsum id casurum esset,

    how it would turn out, id. Att. 3, 24:

    aliorsum vota ceciderunt,

    Flor. 2, 4, 5:

    cum aliter res cecidisset ac putasses,

    had turned out differently from what was expected, Cic. Fam. 5, 19, 1:

    sane ita cadebat ut vellem,

    id. Att. 3, 7, 1; id. Div. 2, 52, 107; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12, 3; Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 5; Caes. B. C. 3, 73, Nep. Milt. 2, 5 Dähne:

    cum, quae tum maxime acciderant, casura praemonens, a furioso incepto eos deterreret,

    Liv. 36, 34, 3; 22, 40, 3; 35, 13, 9; 38, 46, 6; Plin. Pan. 31, 1; Tac. A. 2, 80; 6, 8; Suet. Tib. 14 al.; Verg. A. 2, 709:

    ut omnia fortiter fiant, feliciter cadant,

    Sen. Suas. 2, p. 14:

    multa. fortuito in melius casura,

    Tac. A. 2, 77.—With adj.:

    si non omnia caderent secunda,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    vota cadunt, i.e. rata sunt,

    are fulfilled, realized, Tib. 2, 2, 17 (diff. from Prop. 1, 17, 4; v. under F.).—
    3.
    With in and acc.: nimia illa libertas et populis et privatis in nimiam servitutem cadit (cf. metaballei), Cic. Rep. 1, 44, 68.—Esp.: in (ad) irritum or cassum, to be frustrated, fail, be or remain fruitless:

    omnia in cassum cadunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 147; Lucr. 2, 1166:

    ad irritum cadens spes,

    Liv. 2, 6, 1; so Tac. H. 3, 26:

    in irritum,

    id. A. 15, 39; cf. with irritus, adj.:

    ut irrita promissa ejus caderent,

    Liv. 2, 31, 5:

    haud irritae cecidere minae,

    id. 6, 35, 10.—
    E.
    To fall, to become less (in strength, power, worth, etc.), to decrease, diminish, lessen:

    cadunt vires,

    Lucr. 5, 410:

    mercenarii milites pretia militiae casura in pace aegre ferebant,

    Liv. 34, 36, 7.—More freq. in an extended signif. (acc. to I. B. 2.),
    F. 1.
    In gen.: pellis item cecidit, vestis contempta ferina. declined in value, Lucr. 5, 1417:

    turpius est enim privatim cadere (i. e. fortunis everti) quam publice,

    Cic. Att. 16, 15, 6; so id. Fam. 6, 10, 2:

    atque ea quidem tua laus pariter cum re publicā cecidit,

    id. Off. 2, 13, 45:

    tanta civitas, si cadet,

    id. Har. Resp. 20, 42:

    huc cecidisse Germanici exercitus gloriam, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 13:

    non tibi ingredienti fines ira cecidit?

    Liv. 2, 40, 7; Pers. 5, 91:

    amicitia nec debilitari animos aut cadere patitur,

    Cic. Lael. 7, 23:

    animus,

    to fail, Liv. 1, 11, 3; Ov. M. 11, 537; cf. id. ib. 7, 347:

    non debemus ita cadere animis, etc.,

    to lose courage, be disheartened, Cic. Fam. 6, 1, 4:

    tam graviter,

    id. Off. 1, 21, 73; cf. Sen. Ep. 8, 3.—Esp., to fail in speaking:

    magnus orator est... minimeque in lubrico versabitur, et si semel constiterit numquam cadet,

    Cic. Or. 28, 98:

    alte enim cadere non potest,

    id. ib. —So in the lang. of the jurists, causā or formulā, to lose one ' s cause or suit:

    causā cadere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 19, 57; so id. de Or. 1, 36, 166 sq.; id. Fam. 7, 14, 1; Quint. 7, 3, 17; Luc. 2, 554; Suet. Calig. 39:

    formulā cadere,

    Sen. Ep. 48, 10; Quint. 3, 6, 69.—With in:

    ita quemquam cadere in judicio, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 28, 58.—Also absol.:

    cadere,

    Tac. H. 4, 6; and:

    criminibus repetundarum,

    id. ib. 1, 77:

    conjurationis crimine,

    id. A. 6, 14:

    ut cecidit Fortuna Phrygum,

    Ov. M. 13, 435:

    omniaque ingrato litore vota cadunt, i. e. irrita sunt,

    remain unfulfilled, unaccomplished, Prop. 1, 17, 4 (diff. from Tib. 2, 2, 17; v. above, D. 2.); cf.:

    at mea nocturno verba cadunt zephyro,

    Prop. 1, 16, 34:

    multa renascentur, quae jam cecidere, cadentque Quae nunc sunt in honore vocabula,

    to fall into disuse, grow out of date, Hor. A. P. 70 —Hence of theatrical representations, to fall through, to fail, be condemned (opp. stare, to win applause;

    the fig. derived from combatants): securus cadat an recto stet fabula talo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 176.— Impers.. periculum est, ne cadatur, Aug. Don. Persev. 1.—
    2.
    Esp. of the wind (opp. surgo), to abate, subside, die away, etc.:

    cadit Eurus et umida surgunt Nubila,

    Ov. M. 8, 2:

    ventus premente nebulā cecidit,

    Liv. 29, 27, 10:

    cadente jam Euro,

    id. 25, 27, 11:

    venti vis omnis cecidit,

    id. 26, 39, 8:

    ubi primum aquilones ceciderunt,

    id. 36, 43, 11; cf.:

    sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor,

    Verg. A. 1, 154:

    ventosi ceciderunt murmuris aurae,

    id. E. 9, 58; id. G. 1, 354 Serv. and Wagn.—
    G.
    Rhet. and gram. t. t. of words, syllables, clauses, etc., to be terminated, end, close:

    verba melius in syllabas longiores cadunt,

    Cic. Or. 57, 194; 67, 223: qua (littera [p. 260] sc. m) nullum Graece verbum cadit, Quint. 12, 10, 31:

    plerique censent cadere tantum numerose oportere terminarique sententiam,

    Cic. Or. 59, 199; so id. Brut. 8, 34:

    apto cadens oratio,

    Quint. 9, 4, 32:

    numerus opportune cadens,

    id. 9, 4, 27:

    ultima syllaba in gravem vel duas graves cadit semper,

    id. 12, 10, 33 Spald.: similiter cadentia = omoioptôta, the ending of words with the same cases or verbal forms, diff. from similiter desinentia = omoioteleuta, similar endings of any kind, Cic. de Or. 3, 54, 206; id. Or. 34, 135; Auct. Her. 4, 20, 28; Quint. 9, 4, 42; cf. id. 9, 4, 18; 9, 3, 78; 9, 3, 79; 1, 7, 23; Aquil. Rom. Figur. §§ 25 and 26.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cado

  • 66 νικάω

    νῑκάω, [dialect] Ion. [full] νικέω Democr.249, Herod.1.51, also GDI1413.16 (Aetol.), SIG265.4 (Delph., iv B.C.), v.l. in Apoc.2.7; [dialect] Aeol. [full] νίκημι Theoc.7.40, AP7.743 (Antip.); also in [tense] impf. νίκη cj. in Pi.N.5.5, cf. Theoc.6.46: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf. [ per.] 1pl.
    A

    νικάσκομεν Od.11.512

    : [tense] fut. -ήσω, later

    - ήσομαι Hierocl.Facet.205

    ; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 2sg. νικαξῇ v.l. in Theoc.21.32: [tense] pf. νενίκηκα, etc.: ([etym.] νίκη):
    I abs., conquer, prevail in battle, in the games, or in any contest, Il.3.439, etc.; ὁ νικήσας the conqueror, ib. 138, X.Smp.5.9, etc.; ὁ νικηθείς the conquered, Il.23.656, 663; ἐνίκησα καὶ δεύτερος καὶ τέταρτος ἐγενόμην I won the first prize [at Olympia], etc., Th.6.16, cf. Isoc.16.33: [tense] pres.freq. in sense, to be (or be proclaimed) conqueror, Pi.O.9.112, 13.30, cf. X.Cyr.8.2.27, An.2.1.1; νικᾶν πᾶσι τοῖς κριταῖς or ἑνὶ κριτῇ in their opinion, Ar.Av. 445, 447; πολὺ ν. win a decisive victory, Th.7.34, etc.;

    τὰ πάντα ν. X.An.

    l.c.: freq. c. dat. modi, πυγμῇ in boxing, Il.23.669;

    ναυμαχίῃ Hdt.7.10

    .β';

    ἵππῳ Id.6.122

    ;

    μάχῃ E.Ph. 1143

    , etc.;

    ἵππῳ ἢ συνωρίδι ἢ ζεύγει Pl.Ap. 36d

    ;

    λαμπάδι And.4.42

    , etc.: c. acc. cogn. in same sense, πάντα ἐνίκα he won all the bouts, Il.4.389, 5.807; τὰ κοῦφα, τὰ μείζοναν., E.Alc. 1029, 1031;

    τῶν παλαισμάτων ἓν ν. Pl.Phdr. 256b

    ;

    ἅρμα ν. Pi.I.4(3).25

    ;

    παγκράτιον Th.5.49

    ; ναυμαχίαν, μάχας, Id.7.66, Isoc.12.257, etc.: freq. ν. Ὀλύμπια to be conqueror in the Olympian games, Th.1.126;

    τὠλύμπια Timocl.8.17

    ;

    τὰ Παναθήναια Pl. Ion 530b

    ;

    ν. Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33

    (also

    ν. Ὀλυμπίασιν Pl.Ap. 36d

    ;

    ἐν Πυθίοισι Pi.N.2.9

    ): c. dat. et acc.,

    τὰ Πύθια τῷ τεθρίππῳ ν. D.59.33

    ; πολλοὺς ἀγῶνας οὐ παγκρατίῳ μόνον, κτλ., Plu.2.811d; Ὀλυμπίασι παῖδας στάδιον ν. conquer in the boys' race in the stadium at Olympia, D.58.66: c. dupl. acc., Πύθια ν. ἄνδρας Diog.Cyn. ap. D.L.6.33: also in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. c. gen.,

    Λεωντὶς ἀνδρῶν ἐνίκα IG2.1291

    , al.: generally c. acc. cogn., νίκην ν. win a victory, E.Supp. 1060, Pl.R. 465d, etc. (cf. infr. 11); also ν. τρίποδα win it, Simon.147.
    2 prevail, be superior, μύθοισιν, ἔγχεϊ, Il.18.252;

    δόλοισι Od.3.121

    ; κάλλει ἐνίκα (sc. κρητήρ) Il.23.742;

    πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν νενικηκώς Pl.Lg. 964c

    : c. part.,

    εὐεργετῶν ν. X.Ages.9.7

    .
    3 of opinions, etc., βουλὴ κακὴ νίκησεν the evil counsel prevailed, Od. 10.46;

    τὰ χερείονα νικᾷ Il.1.576

    , Od.18.404;

    ἐνίκα ἡ γνώμη Hdt.5.36

    , cf. Th.2.12, etc.;

    ἡ νικῶσα βουλή E.Med. 912

    ; ἐκ τῆς νικώσης [γνώμης] according to the prevailing opinion, vote of the majority, X.An.6.1.18, 6.2.12;

    ταῦτ' ἐνίκα S.Ant. 274

    ;

    νικᾷ πάσαισι ταῖς ψήφοις ὁ νόμος

    is carried,

    Pl.Lg. 801a

    ;

    σὺν ψάφῳ τᾷ νικεούσᾳ SIG265.4

    (Delph., iv B.C.): freq. of orators,

    νικᾷ.. ὁ κακὸς ἐν πλήθει λέγων E.Or. 944

    ;

    ν. γνώμῃσι Hdt.3.82

    (so γνώμῃ, v.l. γνώμην, Id.1.61, cf.Ar.V. 594): freq. impers., ἐνίκα (sc. ἡ γνώμη) it was resolved, c. inf., ἐνίκα μὴ ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πόλιν it was carried not.., Hdt.6.101;

    τέλος γε μέντοι δεῦρ' ἐνίκησεν μολεῖν S.Ant. 233

    , etc.; ἐνίκησε.. λοιμὸν εἰρῆσθαι it was the prevailing opinion that.., Th.2.54; ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ νικᾷ ζῆν it is preferable.., Pl.Plt. 303b.
    4 c. inf., succeed in..,

    ἐνίκησε σκορπίσαι Psalm.Solom.4.13

    .
    5 as law-term, ν. τὴν δίκην win one's cause, E.El. 955, cf. Ar.V. 581; simply

    νικᾶν GDI5011.11

    ([place name] Gortyn), Arist.Ath.42.1, Rh.Al. 1433a6, PHal.1.58 (iii B.C.), etc.;

    νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε Ep.Rom.3.4

    :—[voice] Pass., c. gen.,

    αἴ κα νικαθῇ τῶν ἐνεχύρων Schwyzer 177.9

    (Crete, v B.C.); v. infr. 11.
    II c. acc., conquer, vanquish,

    Ἕκτορα Il.7.192

    , etc.: freq. c. dat. modi,

    μάχῃ ν. Ἀχαιούς 16.79

    ;

    ἀγορῇ ν. υἷας Ἀχαιῶν 2.370

    ;

    πόδεσσι δὲ πάντας ἐνίκα 20.410

    ;

    κάλλει ἐνίκων φῦλα γυναικῶν 9.130

    ; πάντα ν. ἄνδρα.. κακοῖσιν surpass him in miseries, E.Hec. 659;

    ν. τινὰ ἔν τινι Pl.Smp. 213e

    , etc.; μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λόγον excels the whole account, S.OC 1224 (lyr.);

    νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν Ep.Rom.12.21

    : c. acc. cogn.,

    μάχην ν. τινά Isoc. 8.58

    , Aeschin.3.181, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἔστιν ἃ τῶν ἄθλων δὶς ἕκαστος ἐνικήθη X.HG4.5.2

    : c. part.,

    ν. ἀλεξόμενός τινα Id.An.1.9.11

    , etc.
    b as law-term (cf. 1.5),

    νίκης τήν μιν ἐγὼ νίκησα Od.11.545

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ἧ δέ κα νικαθῇ Leg.Gort.1.23

    , al.; also of objects in dispute, damages, etc., recover, ib.1.28, al.:—[voice] Pass., to be assigned, adjudicated, ib.1.55.
    2 generally, overpower, esp. of passions, etc.,

    νόον νίκησε νεοίη Il.23.604

    ;

    μὴ φόβος σὲ νικάτω φρένας A.Eu.88

    , cf. 133;

    [φύσις] νικᾷ τῷ ἥσσονι τὸ μεῖζον τῆς ἐλπίδος Democr.176

    ; βαρεῖαν ἡδονὴν νικᾶτέ με grievous is the pleasure ye win prevailing over me, S.OC 1204: c. inf., μηδ' ἡ βία σε.. νικησάτω τοσόνδε μισεῖν let not violence prevail on thee to.., Id.Aj. 1334: with gen. of comparison, νικᾷ γὰρ ἁρετή με τῆς ἔχθρας πολύ weighs with me more than enmity, from the compar. force in νικᾷ, ib. 1357 codd.
    3 [voice] Pass., to be vanquished, Hom. only in part. νικηθείς (v. supr. 1.1); νικᾶσθαι ὕπνῳ, κέρδεσιν, A.Ag. 291, 342;

    ἡδονῇ S.El. 1272

    ;

    συμφορᾷ E.Med. 1195

    ; also

    ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ Th.2.51

    ;

    πρὸς ἱμέρου S.Fr.932.4

    , etc.: sts. c. gen.,

    ἱμέρου νικώμενος A.Supp. 1005

    ;

    αὐτῆς <τε> τῆς δίκης.. αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ ἀληθοῦς νικᾶσθαι Antipho 5.87

    : freq. of persons, νικᾶσθαί τινος, with gen. of comparison, to be inferior, yield to, S.Aj. 1353, E.Med. 315, Cyc. 454; ξείνων νενίκανται θύραι the doors give way to the guests, Pi.N.9.2;

    ἢν τοῦτο νικηθῇς ἐμοῦ Ar.Nu. 1087

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > νικάω

  • 67 annus

    annus, i, m. [acc. to some, as Corssen, Beitr. 16, for am-nus, from 2. an- am-; or acc. to others, directly from 2. anus, a ring, and kindred to the form appearing, in enoautos, di-enos, tri-enos].
    I.
    Lit., a circuit, circular course, periodical return: tempus a brumā ad brumam, dum sol redit, vocatur annus;

    quod, ut parvi circuli anuli, sic magni dicebantur circites ani, unde annus,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 8 Müll.; cf.

    for the same idea: circum tribus actis annis,

    Lucr. 5, 883:

    anno, qui solstitiali circumagitur orbe,

    Liv. 1, 19; 6, 1:

    quae (stellae) volvunt magnos in magnis orbibus annos,

    Lucr. 5, 644; so Verg. A. 1, 234:

    multis solis redeuntibus annis,

    Lucr. 1, 311; so Verg. A. 8, 47; cf. also Voss ad Verg. G. 2, 402; and the Heb. = month, from = to renew; hence, a year (consisting among the Rom. orig. of ten months, ending with Dec. and beginning with Mart., but from the time of Numa of twelve):

    annos sexaginta natus,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 10:

    principio circum tribus actis impiger annis Floret equus,

    Lucr. 5, 881:

    tempora mutare annorum,

    the seasons, id. 2, 170:

    anni tempus, Varr, R. R. 1, 46: nemo est tam senex, qui se annum non putet posse vivere,

    Cic. Sen. 7, 24:

    centum et septem complevit annos,

    id. ib. 5, 13 et saep.:

    anni fugaces,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 1:

    anni mobiles,

    id. A. P. 157:

    annus piger,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 21:

    anni breves,

    id. C. 4, 13, 23:

    per exactos annos,

    id. ib. 3, 22, 6:

    initio anni,

    Liv. 2, 52:

    principio anni,

    id. 2, 48:

    anno ineunte,

    Suet. Calig. 42; id. Tib. 54:

    anno exeunte,

    Cic. Div. 1, 25:

    extremo anno,

    Liv. 2, 64:

    extremo anni,

    Tac. A. 6, 27:

    anno circumacto,

    Liv. 6, 1:

    vertente anno,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 11, 1:

    annus totus,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 1:

    annus solidus,

    a full year, Liv. 1, 19.— Poet.:

    pleno anno,

    at the close of, Hor. C. 3, 18, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 30; id. Men. 2, 1, 9:

    nondum centum et decem anni sunt, cum lata est lex,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75: lex anno post quam lata sit abrogata, id. Cornel. Fragm. ap. Orell. IV. 2, p. 448.—
    B.
    Adverb. phrases.
    1.
    Anno.
    a.
    A year ago, last year, perusi (for the most part anteclass.;

    not used by Cic.),

    Plaut. Am. prol. 91:

    quattuor minis ego emi istanc anno,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 22; id. Truc. 2, 4, 39: utrum anno an horno te abstuleris a viro, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 121, 8; so,

    ab anno priore,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 8, 10; and:

    ab anno praeterito,

    ib. ib. 9, 2.—
    b.
    A full or whole year, Liv. 3, 39 fin.:

    corpus ejus matronae anno luxerunt,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 10 fin. (in Livy, instead of it, annum; v. 2. infra).—
    c.
    In each year, yearly:

    uno boum jugo conseri anno quadragena jugera, difficilis tricena justum est,

    Plin. 18, 18, 48, § 173.—But in is freq. added when it is related how often a thing happened during the year, Varr. R. R. 2, 11, 8:

    ter in anno,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46:

    semel in anno,

    Vulg. Heb. 9, 7 (cf.:

    semel per annum,

    ib. Ex. 30, 10) al. (but without in' ter et quater anno, Hor. C. 1, 31, 14:

    bis anno,

    Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 184).—
    2.
    Annum, a year, during a whole year:

    matronae annum eum luxerunt,

    Liv. 2, 7.—
    3.
    Ad annum, for the coming year, a year hence:

    faciendum est ad annum,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 24, 92:

    quem ad annum tribunum plebis videbam fore,

    id. Att. 5, 2.—
    4.
    In annum.
    a.
    For a year: prorogatum in annum im [p. 127] perium est, Liv. 37, 2, 11: si quid Est ( gnaws) animum, differs curandi tempus in annum? Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 39:

    provisae frugis in annum Copia,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 109.—
    b.
    In the next year, the next year:

    quod stercoratione faciunt in annum segetes meliores,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 12.—
    5.
    Per annos, year by year, yearly:

    arva per annos mutant, et superest ager,

    Tac. G. 26; so,

    per omnes annos,

    Vulg. Lev. 16, 34; ib. Luc. 2, 41.—
    6.
    Omnibus annis, all the years, always, Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 21.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    Poet., a part of a year, a season of the year:

    nunc frondent silvae, nunc formosissimus an-nus,

    now the forest is clothed with verdure, now the year is most beautiful, Verg. E. 3, 57; so,

    pomifer annus,

    Hor. C. 3, 23, 8:

    hibernus annus,

    id. Epod. 2, 29: Pisaeumque domus non aestuat annum, i. e. the summer (in which season of the year the Olympic games were celebrated at Pisa), Stat. S. 1, 3, 8.—
    B.
    The produce of the year ( poet. or in post-Aug. prose; cf.

    annona, I.),

    Luc. 9, 437:

    agricolae annum flevere,

    id. 3, 452; 3, 70; Stat. Th. 4, 710; Val. Fl. 5, 424:

    nec arare terram aut exspectare annum,

    Tac. G. 14, ubi v. Rup.; cf. Schwarz ad Plin. Pan. 29.—
    C.
    Time of life ( poet.):

    Dum vernat sanguis, dum rugis integer annus,

    while your years are free from wrinkles, Prop. 5, 5, 59:

    vitae longus et annus erit,

    the years of life, id. 3, 7, 38.—
    D.
    In polit. life, the age to which one must attain in order to be appointed to an office (cf. annalis, II.):

    quod hoc honore me adfecistis primā petitione, quod anno meo,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 2:

    subito reliquit annum suum seseque in annum proximum transtulit,

    id. Mil. 9, 24:

    qui anno suo petierint,

    id. ib. 9, 24; id. Att. 1, 1; id. Fam. 10, 25.—
    E.
    In astronomy: annus magnus or mundanus, the period of time in which the constellations return to the same place; acc. to Macr. Somn. Scip. 2, 11, 15,000 years; v. Cic. N. D. 2, 20; Tac. Or. 16; and Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 102.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > annus

  • 68 φθάνω

    φθάνω, Il.9.506, [tense] impf.
    A

    ἔφθανον X.HG6.2.30

    , AP9.272 ([place name] Bianor): [tense] fut.

    φθήσομαι Il.23.444

    , Th.5.10, Pl.R. 375c, etc.; but φθάσω [ᾰ] Hp. Morb.3.13 (s. v. l.), X.Cyr.5.4.38: [tense] aor.

    ἔφθᾰσα Hdt.7.161

    , A.Pers. 752 (troch.), Th.3.49, X.Cyr.7.1.19, etc.; imper.

    φθάσον J.AJ6.11.7

    ; opt. [ per.] 3sg.

    φθάσειε Isoc.8.120

    , pl.

    φθάσειαν X.HG7.2.14

    (this tense prevails in later Gk., Plb.3.66.1, etc.); [dialect] Dor.

    ἔφθασσα Theoc.2.115

    : but the only [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. is ἔφθην, not found in A. or S., but the more usual form in E. and Ar., less freq. in Th., X., D.; pl. ἔφθημεν, -ητε, -ησαν, E.Ph. 1468, Isoc.5.7, Antipho 2.2.5, [dialect] Ep.pl.3

    φθάν Il.11.51

    ; subj. φθῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. φθήῃ, φθῇσιν, 16.861, 23.805; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.

    φθέωμεν Od.16.383

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    φθέωσι 24.437

    ; opt. φθαίην, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. φθαίησι ([etym.] παρα-) Il.10.346; inf.

    φθῆναι Hdt.6.115

    , Th.4.4; part.

    φθάς Hdt.3.71

    ; [dialect] Ep. part. [voice] Med.

    φθάμενος Il.5.119

    , al., Hes.Op. 554: [tense] pf. ἔφθᾰκα Philipp. ap. D.18.39, LXX 2 Ch.28.9, IG12 9).906.26 (Chalcis, iii A. D.);

    πέφθακα Ps.-Callisth. 2.10

    (v. l): [tense] plpf.

    ἐφθάκει Plu.Galb. 17

    , Luc.Philops.6:—[voice] Pass., Arist.Mu. 395a18: [tense] impf.

    ἐφθάνετο AP9.278

    ([place name] Bianor);

    ἐφθάνοντο J.BJ5.2.4

    (v.l. ἐφονεύοντο): [tense] aor.

    ἐφθάσθην D.H. 6.25

    , Epigr.Gr. 315 ([place name] Smyrna), IPE2.197 (Panticapaeum, ii A. D.), J.AJ8.12.4. Gal.4.560. [[pron. full] φθᾰνω always in [dialect] Att. (so also in AP9.272 ([place name] Bianor), APl.4.382, 384); φθᾱνω in Il.9.506, 21.262 (where Zenod. read φθανέει for φθάνει) ]:— come or do first or before others:
    I c. acc. pers., to be beforehand with, overtake, outstrip, in running or otherwise,

    φθάνει δέ τε καὶ τὸν ἄγοντα Il.21.262

    ;

    φθῆ σε τελος θανάτοιο 11.451

    , cf. Hes.Op. 554, 570, Hdt.7.161, E.Heracl. 120, IT 669, Isoc.9.42, etc.;

    οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 Ep.Thess.4.15

    ; so ἔφθησαν τὸν χειμῶνα they anticipated the storm, Hdt.7.188;

    φθάσας τὸν λογισμόν D.21.38

    :—[voice] Pass., to be overtaken,

    ὑπό τινος Arist. Mu. 395a18

    , AP9.278 ([place name] Bianor); ἐφθάσθην (v. supr.).
    II abs., come or act first, opp. ὑστερέω or ὑστερίζω, E.Ph. 975, X.An.6.1.18, cf. Th.4.121; τοῦ φθάσαντος ἁρπαγή the prey of the first comer, A.Pers. 752 (troch.), cf. Fr.23 (lyr.);

    πρὶν ἐλθεῖν αὐτοὺς φθάσαι βουλόμενοι Th.7.36

    ;

    μὴ φθάσῃ ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἐσπλεύσας Id.8

    , 100;

    φθάσαι πρὶν ἀδικηθῆναι Arist.Pol. 1302b23

    , cf. Rh. 1373a23; in later writers, τὰ φθάσαντα the things before mentioned, Ael.VH 1.34, Arg.D.46; part. φθάνων, φθάσας previous,

    τῶν φθασάντων δυεῖν βιβλίων Porph.Abst.3.1

    ; ἐν τοῖς φθάνουσιν ἔργοις Dex.Hist.Fr. 26 J.;

    τοῖς φθάνουσι κατορθώμασι Id.Fr.6

    J.;

    οἱ φθάσαντες πόνοι Agath.5.16

    ;

    τὸ φθάνον

    previous time,

    Ael.VH14.6

    ; τὸ φθάσαν, τὰ φθάσαντα, the past, Agath.3.2, al., Procop.Gaz.Ep.32;

    ὁ φθάσας χρόνος Men.

    Prot.p.127 D.
    2 with Preps., come or arrive first,

    ἕως τῶν οὐρανῶν LXX 2 Ch.28.9

    ;

    ἔφθασεν ἐφ' ὑμᾶς Ev.Matt.12.28

    , Ev.Luc.11.20, cf. 1 Ep.Thess.2.16: φ. εἰς .., simply, arriveat, attain to, Ep.Rom.9.31, Ep.Phil.3.16, Plu.2.338a;

    φθάσομεν εἰς Πηλούσι<ον> PPar.18.14

    (ii A. D.): abs., of Time, arrive, καιρὸς τῆς τομῆς ἔφθακε (v.l. ἔφθασεν) LXXCa. 2.12; ἔφθασεν ὁ μὴν ὁ ἕβδομος ib.2 Es.3.1.
    b extend,

    μέχρι γῆς Plot.3.27

    ;

    εἰς βορρᾶν PFlor.50.87

    (iii A. D.).
    c reach,

    αἰθέρα APl.4.384

    .
    d Gramm., to be applied or applicable,

    ἐπ' ἀμφοτέρας τὰς διαθέσεις A.D.Synt.211.22

    , cf. 217.23, al.
    III the action in which one is beforehand is expressed by the part. agreeing with the subject, [Ἄτη] πολλὸν ὑπεκπροθέει, φθάνει δέ τε πᾶσαν ἐπ' αἶαν βλάπτουσ' ἀνθρώπους and is beforehand in doing men mischief, Il.9.506; ἀλλ' ἄρα μιν φθῆ Τηλέμαχος κατόπισθε βαλών Telemachus was beforehand with him in striking, i.e. struck first, Od.22.91, cf. 16.383, Il.10.368;

    ἔφθασέν με προαπελθὼν Χάρμος PCair.Zen.16.3

    (iii B. C.); ἔφθησαν ἀπικόμενοι arrived first, Hdt.4.136, cf. 6.115; so φ. εὐεργετῶν to be the first to show a kindness, X.Mem.2.3.14;

    ὅπως φθάσειαν βοηθήσαντες Id.HG7.2.14

    ;

    ἔφθασαν προκαταλαβόντες Th.3.112

    ;

    φθάνουσιν αὐτοὺς προκαταφυγοῦσαι Id.2.91

    ;

    ἢν φθάσωσιν πρότερον διαφθείραντες τὸ στράτευμα Id.7.25

    ;

    φ. γόνασι προσπεσὼν πατρός E.HF 986

    , etc: part. [voice] Pass. is also used, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη πόλις ἁλοῦσα, i.e. it would be taken first, Il.13.815; εἴ κε φθήῃ τυπείς shall be wounded first, 16.861; φθαίητε γὰρ ἂν.. ἐξανδραποδισθέντες ἣ .. Hdt.6.108;

    μὴ φθάσωσι προεπιβουλευόμενοι Th.3.83

    ;

    ἔφθη κατακωλυθείς X.HG1.6.17

    ; φθάνειν δεῖ πεφραγμένους τοὶς πόρους they must first be blocked up, Id.Cyr.2.4.25: these clauses, being compar. in sense, are folld. by a gen., φθὰν δὲ μέγ' ἱππήων.. κοσμηθέντες were drawn up before the drivers, Il.11.51; more freq. by πρὶν .. or

    ἢ.., ἔφθη ὀρεξάμενος, πρὶν οὐτάσαι 16.322

    , cf. Antipho1.29, X. Cyr.3.2.4;

    φθήσονται τούτοισι πόδες καὶ γοῦνα καμόντα ἢ ὑμῖν Il.23.444

    ;

    ἔφθης πεζὸς ἰὼν ἢ ἐγὼ σὺν νηΐ Od.11.58

    ; ἔφθησαν ἀναβάντες πρὶν ἢ .. Hdt.9.70; ἔφθησαν ἐκπεσόντες πρότερον ἢ .. Id.6.91.
    b in later Gr., c. part. to express previous action or happening, φθάνω ὑμῖν πρότερον γεγραφηκώς I have already written to you, POxy.1666.3 (iii A. D.), cf. 237 vi30 (ii A. D.), etc.;

    ἔφθασα εἰρηκώς Luc.Pisc.29

    ;

    ὡς ἔφθην εἰπών Id.Par.3

    ; cf. 111.2b.
    2 in the same sense, part. φθάς or φθάσας, [dialect] Ep. φθάμενος, is used like an Adv. with a principal Verb, ὅς μ' ἔβαλε φθάμενος, for ὅς μ' ἔφθη βαλών, Il.5.119, cf. 13.387, Od. 19.449; οὐκ ἄλλος φθὰς ἐμεῦ κατήγορος ἔσται no other shall be an accuser before me, Hdt.3.71; ἀνέῳξάς με φθάσας you opened the door before me, Ar.Pl. 1102;

    φθάσας προσπεσοῦμαι Th.5.9

    , cf. 2.91, X.Cyr. 1.5.3, etc.; even with a part.,

    φθάσας.. ἁρπάσας Hdt.6.65

    ; rarely part. [tense] pres.,

    φθάνοντες δῃοῦμεν X.Cyr.3.3.18

    .
    3 rarely c. inf., ὁ φθάσας θαρσῆσαι he that first gains confidence, Th.3.82; σπεύδειν ὅπως.. φθαίης ἔτ' εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἐλθεῖν (v.l. ἐλθών ) hurry to be in time to get to.., Ar.Eq. 935 (lyr.), cf. Nu. 1384 (v. infr. IV. 1); μόλις φθάνει θρόνοισιν ἐμπεσοῦσα μὴ χαμαὶ πεσεῖν hardly manages by falling first on the seat not to fall on the ground, E.Med. 1169; more freq. in later writers, of actions which one manages to do, does before or has done first or already, A.R.1.1189, D.H.4.59,61, Sor.1.111, Gal.15.2,93, Luc. DMort.13.2, Harm.2;

    ἐὰν φθάσω πρὸ τῆς τρύγης ἀνελθεῖν PSI8.971.10

    (iii/iv A. D.);

    ἐὰν ὁ ἰατρὸς αὐτὸ φθάσῃ κενῶσαι Gal.16.499

    ; φθάνοντος ἤδη πυρέττειν ἐκ τεττάρων ἡμερῶν τοῦ νοσοῦντος having already begun, ib.498; μὴ φθάνων προσηκόντως τρέφεσθαι if he is not first suitably nourished, Id.18(2).36, cf. 84,103; συμβαίνει φθάνειν ἀποθνῄσκειν τοὺς νεωτέρους the young die first, ib.222; εἰ φθάσαιμεν παλαιοὺς πίθους ἔχειν μεγάλους if we already have.., Gp.6.3.11, cf. 10.22.2, al., A.D.Pron.90.1;

    ἔφθακεν οὖν ταῦτα ἐψηφίσθαι καὶ τῇ βουλῇ IG12(9).906.26

    (Chalcis, iii A. D.).
    IV with negatives,
    1 with οὐ and part. (inf. is v. l. in Ar.Nu. 1384), folld. by καί or καὶ εὐθύς, of two actions following close on each other, οὐ φθάνειν χρὴ συσκιάζοντας γένυν καὶ.. ὁρμᾶν you must no sooner get your beard than you march, E.Supp. 1219; οὐ φθάνει ἐξαγόμενος καὶ εὐθὺς ὅμοιός ἐστι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις no sooner is he brought out than he becomes unclean, X.Eq.5.10, cf. Ar.Nu. 1384; οὐκ ἔφθημεν εἰς Τροιζῆν' ἐλθόντες καὶ τοιαύταις νόσοις ἐλήφθημεν ἐξ ὧν .. no sooner had we come to Troezen than.., Isoc.19.22, cf. 5.53, 8.98, 9.53; οὐκ ἔφθη μοι συμβᾶσα ἡ ἀτυχία καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπεχείρησαν διαφορῆσαι τἄνδοθεν scarcely or no sooner had misfortune befallen me when.., D.57.65, cf. 43.69, Isoc.4.86.
    2 οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτε, with part. [tense] pres., express a strong exhortation or urgent command, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτε τὴν ταχίστην ὀπίσω ἀπαλλασσόμενοι you could not be too quick in departing, i.e. make haste and be off, Hdt.7.162; οὐ φθάνοιτ' ἔτ' ἄν θνῄσκοντες make haste and die, E.Or. 936, cf. 941, Alc. 662, Heracl. 721, Tr. 456 (troch.), IT 245;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιτον τοῦτο πράττοντε Ar.Pl. 485

    ; ἀποτρέχων οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ib. 1133; εἰς ἀγορὰν ἰὼν ταχέως οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ib. 874, cf. Ec. 118;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις λέγων Pl. Smp. 185e

    , X.Mem.2.3.11; these phrases are not to be treated as questions, cf. οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιμι (sc. λέγων) Pl.Smp. 214e, cf. Phd. 100c, D.25.40, Luc.Fug.26, Symp.2, Anach.14: c. part. [tense] aor., once in Luc., Vit.Auct.26.
    b in 1, 2, or 3 pers., to express immediate futurity, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις ἀκούων you shall hear in a moment, Pl.Euthd. 272d; οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι τὸ πλῆθος τούτοις τοῖς θηρίοις δουλεῦον will soon (or inevitably) be enslaved to.., D.24.143; also to express what is logically inevitable, οὐκ ἂν φθάνοιεν αὐτοὺς προσκυνοῦντες they will soon be (or cannot logically help) worshipping them, Aristeas 137;

    τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἂν φθάνοις καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλεῖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐγκαλῶν Luc.Fug.2

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι κἀμὲ μάντιν λέγων Id.Hes.8

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν φθάνοι τις ἁπάσας ἀναιρῶν τὰς τοιαύτας προστασίας Id.Apol.11

    : c. part. [tense] aor., Id.Tox.2.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φθάνω

  • 69 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 70 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to.
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 71 annales

    annālis, e, adj. [annus].
    I.
    Continuing a year, annual:

    tempus, cursus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 27, 1; so Dig. 14, 2, 1; 38, 17, 6.—
    II.
    A.. Relating to the year or the age: Lex Villia Annalis, the law passed B. C. 180 by L. Villius, which determined the age necessary for election to an office of state (for the quæstorship, 31; for the office of ædile, 37; for the praetorship, 40;

    and for the consulship, 43 years): legibus annalibus grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17; cf.:

    eo anno (573 A. U. C.) rogatio primum lata est ab L. Villio tribuno plebis, quot annos nati quemque magistratum peterent caperentque. Inde cognomen familiae inditum, ut annales appellarentur,

    Liv. 40, 44; cf. also Cic. de Or. 2, 65.—
    B.
    annālis, is (abl. reg. annali, Cic. Brut. 15, 58; Nep. Hann. 13, 1; but annalei, Varr. ap. Charis. 1, 17, p. 97:

    annale,

    Ascon. ad Cic. Pis. 22, 52; v. Neue, Formenl. I. p. 224), subst. m. (sc. liber), most freq. in plur.: an-nāles, ium (sc. libri), an historical work, in which the occurrences of the year are chronologically recorded, chronicles, annals (diff. from historia, a philosophical narration. following the internal relation of events, Ver. Fl. ap. Gell. 5, 18; cf. Cic. Or. 20).
    1.
    Spec., from the most ancient per. down to the time of the Gracchi, when a literature had been formed, each pontifex maximus wrote down the occurrences of his year on tablets, which were hung up in his dwelling for the information of the public. Such tablets, accordingly, received the name of Annales Maximi (not to be confounded with the Libri Pontificales sive Pontificii, which contained instructions and liturgies for the holy rites). See the class. passages, Cic. de Or. 2, 12, 51; id. Rep. 1, 16; Fest. s. v. maximi, and cf. Creuz. ad Cic. N. D. 1, 30; id. Leg. 1, 2; Niebuhr, Rom. Hist. 1, 277 sq. From these sources the Rom. histt. drew, and hence called their works, in gen., Annales. The most renowned among the annalists of the ancient period are Q. Fabius Pictor, M. Porcius Cato, and L. Calpurnius Piso (cf. Cic. de Or. 2, 12, 51); in the time of the emperors, Tacitus named one of his hist. works Annales, since in it the history of Rome, from the death of Aug. until the time of Nero, was given acc. to the annual succession of events; cf. Bähr, Lit. Gesch. p. 255 sq.; 301 sq.; 313 sq.; Teuffel, Rom. Lit. § 333, 1.—Annalis in sing., Cic. Att. 12, 23; id. Brut. 15; Nep. Hann. 13, 1; Plin. 7, 28, 29, § 101.—Adj., with liber, Ver. Fl. in the above-cited passage, and Quint. 6, 3, 68.—
    2.
    In gen., records, archives, history:

    carminibus antiquis, quod unum apud illos memoriae et annalium genus est,

    Tac. G. 2:

    annalibus traditum (est) coram rege,

    Vulg. Esth. 2, 23:

    annales priorum temporum,

    ib. ib. 6, 1.—
    C.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > annales

  • 72 annalia

    annālis, e, adj. [annus].
    I.
    Continuing a year, annual:

    tempus, cursus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 27, 1; so Dig. 14, 2, 1; 38, 17, 6.—
    II.
    A.. Relating to the year or the age: Lex Villia Annalis, the law passed B. C. 180 by L. Villius, which determined the age necessary for election to an office of state (for the quæstorship, 31; for the office of ædile, 37; for the praetorship, 40;

    and for the consulship, 43 years): legibus annalibus grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17; cf.:

    eo anno (573 A. U. C.) rogatio primum lata est ab L. Villio tribuno plebis, quot annos nati quemque magistratum peterent caperentque. Inde cognomen familiae inditum, ut annales appellarentur,

    Liv. 40, 44; cf. also Cic. de Or. 2, 65.—
    B.
    annālis, is (abl. reg. annali, Cic. Brut. 15, 58; Nep. Hann. 13, 1; but annalei, Varr. ap. Charis. 1, 17, p. 97:

    annale,

    Ascon. ad Cic. Pis. 22, 52; v. Neue, Formenl. I. p. 224), subst. m. (sc. liber), most freq. in plur.: an-nāles, ium (sc. libri), an historical work, in which the occurrences of the year are chronologically recorded, chronicles, annals (diff. from historia, a philosophical narration. following the internal relation of events, Ver. Fl. ap. Gell. 5, 18; cf. Cic. Or. 20).
    1.
    Spec., from the most ancient per. down to the time of the Gracchi, when a literature had been formed, each pontifex maximus wrote down the occurrences of his year on tablets, which were hung up in his dwelling for the information of the public. Such tablets, accordingly, received the name of Annales Maximi (not to be confounded with the Libri Pontificales sive Pontificii, which contained instructions and liturgies for the holy rites). See the class. passages, Cic. de Or. 2, 12, 51; id. Rep. 1, 16; Fest. s. v. maximi, and cf. Creuz. ad Cic. N. D. 1, 30; id. Leg. 1, 2; Niebuhr, Rom. Hist. 1, 277 sq. From these sources the Rom. histt. drew, and hence called their works, in gen., Annales. The most renowned among the annalists of the ancient period are Q. Fabius Pictor, M. Porcius Cato, and L. Calpurnius Piso (cf. Cic. de Or. 2, 12, 51); in the time of the emperors, Tacitus named one of his hist. works Annales, since in it the history of Rome, from the death of Aug. until the time of Nero, was given acc. to the annual succession of events; cf. Bähr, Lit. Gesch. p. 255 sq.; 301 sq.; 313 sq.; Teuffel, Rom. Lit. § 333, 1.—Annalis in sing., Cic. Att. 12, 23; id. Brut. 15; Nep. Hann. 13, 1; Plin. 7, 28, 29, § 101.—Adj., with liber, Ver. Fl. in the above-cited passage, and Quint. 6, 3, 68.—
    2.
    In gen., records, archives, history:

    carminibus antiquis, quod unum apud illos memoriae et annalium genus est,

    Tac. G. 2:

    annalibus traditum (est) coram rege,

    Vulg. Esth. 2, 23:

    annales priorum temporum,

    ib. ib. 6, 1.—
    C.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > annalia

  • 73 annalis

    annālis, e, adj. [annus].
    I.
    Continuing a year, annual:

    tempus, cursus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 27, 1; so Dig. 14, 2, 1; 38, 17, 6.—
    II.
    A.. Relating to the year or the age: Lex Villia Annalis, the law passed B. C. 180 by L. Villius, which determined the age necessary for election to an office of state (for the quæstorship, 31; for the office of ædile, 37; for the praetorship, 40;

    and for the consulship, 43 years): legibus annalibus grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17; cf.:

    eo anno (573 A. U. C.) rogatio primum lata est ab L. Villio tribuno plebis, quot annos nati quemque magistratum peterent caperentque. Inde cognomen familiae inditum, ut annales appellarentur,

    Liv. 40, 44; cf. also Cic. de Or. 2, 65.—
    B.
    annālis, is (abl. reg. annali, Cic. Brut. 15, 58; Nep. Hann. 13, 1; but annalei, Varr. ap. Charis. 1, 17, p. 97:

    annale,

    Ascon. ad Cic. Pis. 22, 52; v. Neue, Formenl. I. p. 224), subst. m. (sc. liber), most freq. in plur.: an-nāles, ium (sc. libri), an historical work, in which the occurrences of the year are chronologically recorded, chronicles, annals (diff. from historia, a philosophical narration. following the internal relation of events, Ver. Fl. ap. Gell. 5, 18; cf. Cic. Or. 20).
    1.
    Spec., from the most ancient per. down to the time of the Gracchi, when a literature had been formed, each pontifex maximus wrote down the occurrences of his year on tablets, which were hung up in his dwelling for the information of the public. Such tablets, accordingly, received the name of Annales Maximi (not to be confounded with the Libri Pontificales sive Pontificii, which contained instructions and liturgies for the holy rites). See the class. passages, Cic. de Or. 2, 12, 51; id. Rep. 1, 16; Fest. s. v. maximi, and cf. Creuz. ad Cic. N. D. 1, 30; id. Leg. 1, 2; Niebuhr, Rom. Hist. 1, 277 sq. From these sources the Rom. histt. drew, and hence called their works, in gen., Annales. The most renowned among the annalists of the ancient period are Q. Fabius Pictor, M. Porcius Cato, and L. Calpurnius Piso (cf. Cic. de Or. 2, 12, 51); in the time of the emperors, Tacitus named one of his hist. works Annales, since in it the history of Rome, from the death of Aug. until the time of Nero, was given acc. to the annual succession of events; cf. Bähr, Lit. Gesch. p. 255 sq.; 301 sq.; 313 sq.; Teuffel, Rom. Lit. § 333, 1.—Annalis in sing., Cic. Att. 12, 23; id. Brut. 15; Nep. Hann. 13, 1; Plin. 7, 28, 29, § 101.—Adj., with liber, Ver. Fl. in the above-cited passage, and Quint. 6, 3, 68.—
    2.
    In gen., records, archives, history:

    carminibus antiquis, quod unum apud illos memoriae et annalium genus est,

    Tac. G. 2:

    annalibus traditum (est) coram rege,

    Vulg. Esth. 2, 23:

    annales priorum temporum,

    ib. ib. 6, 1.—
    C.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > annalis

  • 74 aperio

    ăpĕrĭo, ĕrŭi, ertum, 4, v. a. ( fut. aperibo, Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 50; Pompon. ap. Non. p. 506, 30) [ab-pario, to get from, take away from, i.e. to uncover, like the opp. operio, from obpario, to get for, to put upon, i. e. to cover; this is the old explanation, and is received by Corssen, Ausspr. I. p. 653; II. p. 410, and by Vanicek, p. 503], to uncover, make or lay bare.
    I.
    Lit.:

    patinas,

    Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 51: apertae surae, Turp. ap. Non. p. 236, 16:

    apertis lateribus,

    Sisenn. ib. p. 236, 26:

    capite aperto esse,

    Varr. ib. p. 236, 25;

    p. 236, 28: ut corporis partes quaedam aperiantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 35, 129:

    caput aperuit,

    id. Phil. 2, 31; Sall. H. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 236, 20:

    capita,

    Plin. 28, 6, 17, § 60:

    aperto pectore,

    Ov. M. 2, 339; and poet. transf. to the person:

    apertae pectora matres,

    id. ib. 13, 688:

    ramum,

    Verg. A. 6, 406 al. — Trop., to make visible, to show, reveal, Liv. 22, 6:

    dispulsā nebulā diem aperuit,

    id. 26, 17 (cf. just before:

    densa nebula campos circa intexit): dies faciem victoriae,

    Tac. Agr. 38:

    lux aperuit bellum ducemque belli,

    Liv. 3, 15:

    novam aciem dies aperuit,

    Tac. H. 4, 29:

    his unda dehiscens Terram aperit,

    opens to view, Verg. A. 1, 107.—From the intermediate idea of making visible,
    II.
    Metaph.
    A.
    1.. To unclose, open: aperto ex ostio Alti Acheruntis, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    aperite aliquis ostium,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 26; so id. Heaut. 2, 3, 35:

    forem aperi,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 13:

    fores,

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 52; Ov. M. 10, 457; Suet. Aug. 82:

    januas carceris,

    Vulg. Act. 5, 19:

    fenestram,

    ib. Gen. 8, 6:

    liquidas vias,

    to open the liquid way, Lucr. 1, 373; so Verg. A. 11, 884:

    sucum venis fundere apertis,

    to pour out moisture from its open veins, Lucr. 5, 812:

    saccum,

    Vulg. Gen. 42, 27:

    os,

    ib. ib. 22, 28:

    labia, ib. Job, 11, 5: oculos,

    ib. Act. 9, 8:

    accepi fasciculum, in quo erat epistula Piliae: abstuli, aperui, legi,

    Cic. Att. 5, 11 fin.; so id. ib. 1, 13;

    6, 3: aperire librum,

    Vulg. Apoc. 5, 5; 20, 12:

    testamentum,

    Plin. 7, 52, 53, § 177 (cf.:

    testamentum resignare,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 9); Suet. Caes. 83; id. Aug. 17:

    sigillum aperire,

    to break, Vulg. Apoc. 6, 3 al.:

    ferro iter aperiundum est,

    Sall. C. 58, 7:

    locum... asylum,

    to make it an asylum, Liv. 1, 8:

    subterraneos specus,

    Tac. G. 16:

    navigantibus maria,

    Plin. 2, 47, 47, § 122:

    arbor florem aperit,

    id. 12, 11, 23, § 40 et saep.: aperire parietem, to open a wall, in order to put a door or window in it, Dig. 8, 2, 40: alicui oculos aperire, to give sight to (after the Heb.), Vulg. Joan. 9, 10; 9, 14 al.; so,

    aures aperire,

    to restore hearing to, ib. Marc. 7, 35.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    nec ita claudenda est res familiaris, ut eam benignitas aperire non possit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 15, 54: amicitiae fores. id. Fam. 13, 10:

    multus apertus cursus ad laudem,

    id. Phil. 14, 6 fin.:

    tibi virtus tua reditum ad tuos aperuit,

    id. Fam. 6, 11:

    philosophiae fontes,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 6; id. Mil. 31, 85 et saep.: alicujus oculos aperire, to open one's eyes, make him discern (after the Heb.), Vulg. Gen. 3, 5; 3, 7; ib. Act. 26, 18; so,

    alicujus cor aperire,

    ib. ib. 16, 14: ventus [p. 136] incendio viam aperuit, Liv. 6, 2:

    occasionem ad invadendum,

    id. 4, 53; so id. 9, 27: si hanc fenestram aperueritis (i.e. if you enter upon the way of complaint), nihil aliud agi sinetis, Suet. Tib. 28 (cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    Quantam fenestram ad nequitiem patefeceris!): quia aperuisset gentibus ostium fidei,

    Vulg. Act. 14, 27; ib. Col. 4, 3.— So of the new year, to open it, i.e. begin:

    annum,

    Verg. G. 1, 217:

    contigit ergo privatis aperire annum (since the consul entered upon his office the first of January),

    Plin. Pan. 58, 4 Gierig and Schaef.—So also of a school, to establish, set up, begin, or open it:

    Dionysius tyrannus Corinthi dicitur ludum aperuisse,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18; so Suet. Gram. 16; id. Rhet. 4.— Poet.:

    fuste aperire caput,

    i.e. to cleave, split the head, Juv. 9, 98.—
    B.
    Aperire locum (populum, gentes, etc.), to lay open a place, people, etc., i.e. to open an entrance to, render accessible (cf. patefacio);

    most freq. in the histt., esp. in Tacitus: qui aperuerint armis orbem terrarum,

    Liv. 42, 52; 42, 4:

    Syriam,

    Tac. A. 2, 70:

    omnes terras fortibus viris natura aperuit,

    id. H. 4, 64:

    novas gentes,

    id. Agr. 22:

    gentes ac reges,

    id. G. 1:

    Britanniam tamdiu clausam aperit,

    Mel. 3, 6, 4; Luc. 1, 465 Cort.:

    Eoas,

    id. 4, 352:

    pelagus,

    Val. Fl. 1, 169.—
    C.
    Transf. to mental objects, to disclose something unknown, to unveil, reveal, make known, unfold, to prove, demonstrate; or gen. to explain, recount, etc.:

    occulta quaedam et quasi involuta aperiri,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    explicanda est saepe verbis mens nostra de quāque re atque involutae rei notitia definiendo aperienda est,

    id. Or. 33, 116:

    alicui scripturas aperire,

    Vulg. Luc. 24, 32:

    tua probra aperibo omnia,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 50: ne exspectetis argumentum fabulae;

    hi partem aperient,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 23:

    non quo aperiret sententiam suam, sed etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 18, 84:

    eo praesente conjurationem aperit,

    Sall. C. 40, 6:

    naturam et mores,

    id. ib. 53 fin.; so id. ib. 45, 1; 47, 1; id. J. 33, 4:

    lux fugam hostium aperuit,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    aperiri error poterat,

    id. 26, 10:

    casus aperire futuros,

    to disclose the future, Ov. M. 15, 559:

    futura aperit,

    Tac. H. 2, 4.—So also, se aperire or aperiri, to reveal one's true disposition, character:

    tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,

    show themselves in their true light, Ter. And. 4, 1, 8:

    studio aperimur in ipso,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 371:

    exspectandum, dum se ipsa res aperiret,

    Nep. Paus. 3, 7; Quint. prooem. § 3.—Sometimes constr. with acc. and inf., a rel.-clause, or de:

    cum jam directae in se prorae hostes appropinquare aperuissent,

    Liv. 44, 28:

    domino navis, quis sit, aperit,

    Nep. Them. 8, 6; so id. Eum. 13, 3: de clementiā, Auct. ad Her. 2, 31.—In a gen. sense (freq. in epistt.) in Cic. Att. 5, 1, 2: de Oppio factum est, ut volui, et maxime, quod DCCC. aperuisti, you promised, i.e. that it should be paid to him (= ostendisti te daturum, Manut.); cf.

    the more definite expression: de Oppio bene curāsti, quod ei DCCC. exposuisti,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 3.—Hence, ăpertus, a, um, P. a.; pr., opened; hence, open, free.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Without covering, open, uncovered (opp. tectus):

    naves apertae,

    without deck, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 40; Liv. 31, 22 fin.; cf. id. 32, 21, 14: centum tectae naves et quinquaginta leviores apertae, et saep.; v. navis.—Also, without covering or defence, unprotected, exposed:

    locus,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84.— Poet., of the sky, clear, cloudless:

    caelo invectus aperto,

    Verg. A. 1, 155:

    aether,

    id. ib. 1, 587:

    aperta serena prospicere,

    id. G. 1, 393.—
    2.
    Unclosed, open, not shut (opp. clausus):

    Janua cum per se transpectum praebet apertum,

    since this affords an open view through it, Lucr. 4, 272:

    oculi,

    id. 4, 339:

    oculorum lumine aperto,

    id. 4, 1139 et saep.:

    nihil tam clausum, neque tam reconditum, quod non istius cupiditati apertissimum promptissimumque esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20:

    caelum patens atque apertum,

    id. Div. 1, 1 (diff. from 1.); so Ov. M. 6, 693:

    vidit caelos apertos,

    Vulg. Marc. 1, 10:

    apertus et propatulus locus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    iter,

    Liv. 31, 2:

    apertior aditus ad moenia,

    id. 9, 28:

    campi,

    id. 38, 3:

    per apertum limitem (viae),

    Tac. H. 3, 21; Ov. M. 1, 285:

    fenestrae,

    Vulg. Dan. 6, 10:

    ostia,

    ib. ib. 13, 39:

    aequor,

    Ov. M. 4, 527; so id. ib. 8, 165; 11, 555 et saep. — Poet., of a battle: nec aperti copia Martis Ulla fuit, an action in the open field, Ov. M. 13, 208.—Very freq. ăpertum, subst., that which is open, free; an open, clear space:

    in aperto,

    Lucr. 3, 604:

    per apertum fugientes,

    Hor. C, 3, 12, 10:

    impetum ex aperto facerent,

    Liv. 35, 5:

    castra in aperto posita,

    id. 1, 33; so id. 22, 4:

    volantem in aperto,

    Plin. 10, 8, 9, § 22:

    in aperta prodeunt,

    id. 8, 32, 50, § 117:

    disjecit naves in aperta Oceani,

    Tac. A. 2, 23.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    a.. Opp. to that which is concealed, covered, dark, open, clear, plain, evident, manifest, unobstructed:

    nam nihil aegrius est quam res secernere apertas ab dubiis,

    nothing is, indeed, more difficult than to separate things that are evident from those that are doubtful, Lucr. 4, 467; so id. 4, 596; 1, 915; 5, 1062:

    cum illum ex occultis insidiis in apertum latrocinium conjecimus,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1:

    simultates partim obscurae, partim apertae,

    id. Manil. 24:

    quid enim potest esse tam apertum tamque perspicuum?

    id. N. D. 2, 2, 4:

    quid rem apertam suspectam facimus?

    Liv. 41, 24:

    non furtim, sed vi aperta,

    id. 25, 24:

    apertus animi motus,

    Quint. 10, 3, 21:

    invidia in occulto, adulatio in aperto,

    Tac. H. 4, 4 et saep.—So, in rhet., of clear, intelligible discourse:

    multo apertius ad intellegendum est, si, etc.... apertam enim narrationem tam esse oportet quam, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 80, 328; cf. id. Inv. 1, 20.—Hence,
    b.
    Esp. as subst.: in aperto esse,
    (α).
    To be clear, evident, well known, notorious, en tôi phanerôi einai:

    ad cognoscendum omnia illustria magis magisque in aperto,

    Sall. J. 5, 3.—
    (β).
    To be easily practicable, easy, facile (the figure taken from an open field or space):

    agere memoratu digna pronum magisque in aperto erat,

    there was a greater inclination and a more open way to, Tac. Agr. 1:

    hostes aggredi in aperto foret,

    id. H. 3, 56:

    vota virtusque in aperto omniaque prona victoribus,

    id. Agr. 33.—
    2.
    Of character, without dissimulation, open, frank, candid:

    animus apertus et simplex,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9; id. Off. 3, 13, 57:

    pectus,

    id. Lael. 26, 97. —Hence, ironically: ut semper fuit apertissimus, as he has always been very open, frank (for impudent, shameless), Cic. Mur. 35.—Hence, ăpertē, adv., openly, clearly, plainly.
    I.
    In gen.:

    tam aperte irridens,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 62:

    ab illo aperte tecte quicquid est datum, libenter accepi,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 4; id. Or. 12, 38; id. Am. 18, 67:

    cum Fidenae aperte descissent,

    Liv. 1, 27:

    aperte quod venale habet ostendit,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 83:

    aperte revelari,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 2, 27:

    non jam secretis colloquiis, sed aperte fremere,

    Tac. A. 11, 28:

    aperte adulari,

    Cic. Am. 26, 99:

    aperte mentiri,

    id. Ac. 2, 6, 18:

    aperte pugnare, id. ap. Aquil. Rom. 10: aperte immundus est,

    Vulg. Lev. 13, 26.— Comp.:

    cum ipsum dolorem hic tulit paulo apertius,

    Cic. Planc. 34; id. Att. 16, 3, 5; Curt. 6, 1, 11:

    ab his proconsuli venenum inter epulas datum est apertius quam ut fallerent,

    Tac. A. 13, 1.— Sup.:

    hinc empta apertissime praetura,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 100:

    equite Romano per te apertissime interfecto,

    id. Har. Resp. 30:

    largiri,

    id. ib. 56:

    praedari,

    id. Verr. 1, 130.—
    II.
    Esp. of what is set forth in words or writing, plainly, clearly, freely, without reserve:

    nempe ergo aperte vis quae restant me loqui?

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 24; id. Phorm. 4, 3, 49:

    aperte indicat (lex) posse rationem habere non praesentis,

    Cic. ad Brut. 1, 5, 3:

    Non tu istuc mihi dictura aperte es, quicquid est?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 3:

    narrare,

    id. Heaut. 4, 3, 24:

    scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 7, 3; Quint. 1, 5, 43.— Comp.:

    Planius atque apertius dicam,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 14, 43:

    distinguere,

    Quint. 3, 6, 45.— Sup.:

    istius injurias quam apertissime vobis planissimeque explicare,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 64, 156:

    aliquid apertissime ostendere,

    Quint. 5, 12, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aperio

  • 75 aperte

    ăpĕrĭo, ĕrŭi, ertum, 4, v. a. ( fut. aperibo, Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 50; Pompon. ap. Non. p. 506, 30) [ab-pario, to get from, take away from, i.e. to uncover, like the opp. operio, from obpario, to get for, to put upon, i. e. to cover; this is the old explanation, and is received by Corssen, Ausspr. I. p. 653; II. p. 410, and by Vanicek, p. 503], to uncover, make or lay bare.
    I.
    Lit.:

    patinas,

    Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 51: apertae surae, Turp. ap. Non. p. 236, 16:

    apertis lateribus,

    Sisenn. ib. p. 236, 26:

    capite aperto esse,

    Varr. ib. p. 236, 25;

    p. 236, 28: ut corporis partes quaedam aperiantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 35, 129:

    caput aperuit,

    id. Phil. 2, 31; Sall. H. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 236, 20:

    capita,

    Plin. 28, 6, 17, § 60:

    aperto pectore,

    Ov. M. 2, 339; and poet. transf. to the person:

    apertae pectora matres,

    id. ib. 13, 688:

    ramum,

    Verg. A. 6, 406 al. — Trop., to make visible, to show, reveal, Liv. 22, 6:

    dispulsā nebulā diem aperuit,

    id. 26, 17 (cf. just before:

    densa nebula campos circa intexit): dies faciem victoriae,

    Tac. Agr. 38:

    lux aperuit bellum ducemque belli,

    Liv. 3, 15:

    novam aciem dies aperuit,

    Tac. H. 4, 29:

    his unda dehiscens Terram aperit,

    opens to view, Verg. A. 1, 107.—From the intermediate idea of making visible,
    II.
    Metaph.
    A.
    1.. To unclose, open: aperto ex ostio Alti Acheruntis, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    aperite aliquis ostium,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 26; so id. Heaut. 2, 3, 35:

    forem aperi,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 13:

    fores,

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 52; Ov. M. 10, 457; Suet. Aug. 82:

    januas carceris,

    Vulg. Act. 5, 19:

    fenestram,

    ib. Gen. 8, 6:

    liquidas vias,

    to open the liquid way, Lucr. 1, 373; so Verg. A. 11, 884:

    sucum venis fundere apertis,

    to pour out moisture from its open veins, Lucr. 5, 812:

    saccum,

    Vulg. Gen. 42, 27:

    os,

    ib. ib. 22, 28:

    labia, ib. Job, 11, 5: oculos,

    ib. Act. 9, 8:

    accepi fasciculum, in quo erat epistula Piliae: abstuli, aperui, legi,

    Cic. Att. 5, 11 fin.; so id. ib. 1, 13;

    6, 3: aperire librum,

    Vulg. Apoc. 5, 5; 20, 12:

    testamentum,

    Plin. 7, 52, 53, § 177 (cf.:

    testamentum resignare,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 9); Suet. Caes. 83; id. Aug. 17:

    sigillum aperire,

    to break, Vulg. Apoc. 6, 3 al.:

    ferro iter aperiundum est,

    Sall. C. 58, 7:

    locum... asylum,

    to make it an asylum, Liv. 1, 8:

    subterraneos specus,

    Tac. G. 16:

    navigantibus maria,

    Plin. 2, 47, 47, § 122:

    arbor florem aperit,

    id. 12, 11, 23, § 40 et saep.: aperire parietem, to open a wall, in order to put a door or window in it, Dig. 8, 2, 40: alicui oculos aperire, to give sight to (after the Heb.), Vulg. Joan. 9, 10; 9, 14 al.; so,

    aures aperire,

    to restore hearing to, ib. Marc. 7, 35.—
    2.
    Trop.:

    nec ita claudenda est res familiaris, ut eam benignitas aperire non possit,

    Cic. Off. 2, 15, 54: amicitiae fores. id. Fam. 13, 10:

    multus apertus cursus ad laudem,

    id. Phil. 14, 6 fin.:

    tibi virtus tua reditum ad tuos aperuit,

    id. Fam. 6, 11:

    philosophiae fontes,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 6; id. Mil. 31, 85 et saep.: alicujus oculos aperire, to open one's eyes, make him discern (after the Heb.), Vulg. Gen. 3, 5; 3, 7; ib. Act. 26, 18; so,

    alicujus cor aperire,

    ib. ib. 16, 14: ventus [p. 136] incendio viam aperuit, Liv. 6, 2:

    occasionem ad invadendum,

    id. 4, 53; so id. 9, 27: si hanc fenestram aperueritis (i.e. if you enter upon the way of complaint), nihil aliud agi sinetis, Suet. Tib. 28 (cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    Quantam fenestram ad nequitiem patefeceris!): quia aperuisset gentibus ostium fidei,

    Vulg. Act. 14, 27; ib. Col. 4, 3.— So of the new year, to open it, i.e. begin:

    annum,

    Verg. G. 1, 217:

    contigit ergo privatis aperire annum (since the consul entered upon his office the first of January),

    Plin. Pan. 58, 4 Gierig and Schaef.—So also of a school, to establish, set up, begin, or open it:

    Dionysius tyrannus Corinthi dicitur ludum aperuisse,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18; so Suet. Gram. 16; id. Rhet. 4.— Poet.:

    fuste aperire caput,

    i.e. to cleave, split the head, Juv. 9, 98.—
    B.
    Aperire locum (populum, gentes, etc.), to lay open a place, people, etc., i.e. to open an entrance to, render accessible (cf. patefacio);

    most freq. in the histt., esp. in Tacitus: qui aperuerint armis orbem terrarum,

    Liv. 42, 52; 42, 4:

    Syriam,

    Tac. A. 2, 70:

    omnes terras fortibus viris natura aperuit,

    id. H. 4, 64:

    novas gentes,

    id. Agr. 22:

    gentes ac reges,

    id. G. 1:

    Britanniam tamdiu clausam aperit,

    Mel. 3, 6, 4; Luc. 1, 465 Cort.:

    Eoas,

    id. 4, 352:

    pelagus,

    Val. Fl. 1, 169.—
    C.
    Transf. to mental objects, to disclose something unknown, to unveil, reveal, make known, unfold, to prove, demonstrate; or gen. to explain, recount, etc.:

    occulta quaedam et quasi involuta aperiri,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    explicanda est saepe verbis mens nostra de quāque re atque involutae rei notitia definiendo aperienda est,

    id. Or. 33, 116:

    alicui scripturas aperire,

    Vulg. Luc. 24, 32:

    tua probra aperibo omnia,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 50: ne exspectetis argumentum fabulae;

    hi partem aperient,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 23:

    non quo aperiret sententiam suam, sed etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 18, 84:

    eo praesente conjurationem aperit,

    Sall. C. 40, 6:

    naturam et mores,

    id. ib. 53 fin.; so id. ib. 45, 1; 47, 1; id. J. 33, 4:

    lux fugam hostium aperuit,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    aperiri error poterat,

    id. 26, 10:

    casus aperire futuros,

    to disclose the future, Ov. M. 15, 559:

    futura aperit,

    Tac. H. 2, 4.—So also, se aperire or aperiri, to reveal one's true disposition, character:

    tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,

    show themselves in their true light, Ter. And. 4, 1, 8:

    studio aperimur in ipso,

    Ov. A. A. 3, 371:

    exspectandum, dum se ipsa res aperiret,

    Nep. Paus. 3, 7; Quint. prooem. § 3.—Sometimes constr. with acc. and inf., a rel.-clause, or de:

    cum jam directae in se prorae hostes appropinquare aperuissent,

    Liv. 44, 28:

    domino navis, quis sit, aperit,

    Nep. Them. 8, 6; so id. Eum. 13, 3: de clementiā, Auct. ad Her. 2, 31.—In a gen. sense (freq. in epistt.) in Cic. Att. 5, 1, 2: de Oppio factum est, ut volui, et maxime, quod DCCC. aperuisti, you promised, i.e. that it should be paid to him (= ostendisti te daturum, Manut.); cf.

    the more definite expression: de Oppio bene curāsti, quod ei DCCC. exposuisti,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 3.—Hence, ăpertus, a, um, P. a.; pr., opened; hence, open, free.
    A.
    Lit.
    1.
    Without covering, open, uncovered (opp. tectus):

    naves apertae,

    without deck, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 40; Liv. 31, 22 fin.; cf. id. 32, 21, 14: centum tectae naves et quinquaginta leviores apertae, et saep.; v. navis.—Also, without covering or defence, unprotected, exposed:

    locus,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84.— Poet., of the sky, clear, cloudless:

    caelo invectus aperto,

    Verg. A. 1, 155:

    aether,

    id. ib. 1, 587:

    aperta serena prospicere,

    id. G. 1, 393.—
    2.
    Unclosed, open, not shut (opp. clausus):

    Janua cum per se transpectum praebet apertum,

    since this affords an open view through it, Lucr. 4, 272:

    oculi,

    id. 4, 339:

    oculorum lumine aperto,

    id. 4, 1139 et saep.:

    nihil tam clausum, neque tam reconditum, quod non istius cupiditati apertissimum promptissimumque esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20:

    caelum patens atque apertum,

    id. Div. 1, 1 (diff. from 1.); so Ov. M. 6, 693:

    vidit caelos apertos,

    Vulg. Marc. 1, 10:

    apertus et propatulus locus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    iter,

    Liv. 31, 2:

    apertior aditus ad moenia,

    id. 9, 28:

    campi,

    id. 38, 3:

    per apertum limitem (viae),

    Tac. H. 3, 21; Ov. M. 1, 285:

    fenestrae,

    Vulg. Dan. 6, 10:

    ostia,

    ib. ib. 13, 39:

    aequor,

    Ov. M. 4, 527; so id. ib. 8, 165; 11, 555 et saep. — Poet., of a battle: nec aperti copia Martis Ulla fuit, an action in the open field, Ov. M. 13, 208.—Very freq. ăpertum, subst., that which is open, free; an open, clear space:

    in aperto,

    Lucr. 3, 604:

    per apertum fugientes,

    Hor. C, 3, 12, 10:

    impetum ex aperto facerent,

    Liv. 35, 5:

    castra in aperto posita,

    id. 1, 33; so id. 22, 4:

    volantem in aperto,

    Plin. 10, 8, 9, § 22:

    in aperta prodeunt,

    id. 8, 32, 50, § 117:

    disjecit naves in aperta Oceani,

    Tac. A. 2, 23.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    a.. Opp. to that which is concealed, covered, dark, open, clear, plain, evident, manifest, unobstructed:

    nam nihil aegrius est quam res secernere apertas ab dubiis,

    nothing is, indeed, more difficult than to separate things that are evident from those that are doubtful, Lucr. 4, 467; so id. 4, 596; 1, 915; 5, 1062:

    cum illum ex occultis insidiis in apertum latrocinium conjecimus,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1:

    simultates partim obscurae, partim apertae,

    id. Manil. 24:

    quid enim potest esse tam apertum tamque perspicuum?

    id. N. D. 2, 2, 4:

    quid rem apertam suspectam facimus?

    Liv. 41, 24:

    non furtim, sed vi aperta,

    id. 25, 24:

    apertus animi motus,

    Quint. 10, 3, 21:

    invidia in occulto, adulatio in aperto,

    Tac. H. 4, 4 et saep.—So, in rhet., of clear, intelligible discourse:

    multo apertius ad intellegendum est, si, etc.... apertam enim narrationem tam esse oportet quam, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 80, 328; cf. id. Inv. 1, 20.—Hence,
    b.
    Esp. as subst.: in aperto esse,
    (α).
    To be clear, evident, well known, notorious, en tôi phanerôi einai:

    ad cognoscendum omnia illustria magis magisque in aperto,

    Sall. J. 5, 3.—
    (β).
    To be easily practicable, easy, facile (the figure taken from an open field or space):

    agere memoratu digna pronum magisque in aperto erat,

    there was a greater inclination and a more open way to, Tac. Agr. 1:

    hostes aggredi in aperto foret,

    id. H. 3, 56:

    vota virtusque in aperto omniaque prona victoribus,

    id. Agr. 33.—
    2.
    Of character, without dissimulation, open, frank, candid:

    animus apertus et simplex,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9; id. Off. 3, 13, 57:

    pectus,

    id. Lael. 26, 97. —Hence, ironically: ut semper fuit apertissimus, as he has always been very open, frank (for impudent, shameless), Cic. Mur. 35.—Hence, ăpertē, adv., openly, clearly, plainly.
    I.
    In gen.:

    tam aperte irridens,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 62:

    ab illo aperte tecte quicquid est datum, libenter accepi,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 4; id. Or. 12, 38; id. Am. 18, 67:

    cum Fidenae aperte descissent,

    Liv. 1, 27:

    aperte quod venale habet ostendit,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 83:

    aperte revelari,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 2, 27:

    non jam secretis colloquiis, sed aperte fremere,

    Tac. A. 11, 28:

    aperte adulari,

    Cic. Am. 26, 99:

    aperte mentiri,

    id. Ac. 2, 6, 18:

    aperte pugnare, id. ap. Aquil. Rom. 10: aperte immundus est,

    Vulg. Lev. 13, 26.— Comp.:

    cum ipsum dolorem hic tulit paulo apertius,

    Cic. Planc. 34; id. Att. 16, 3, 5; Curt. 6, 1, 11:

    ab his proconsuli venenum inter epulas datum est apertius quam ut fallerent,

    Tac. A. 13, 1.— Sup.:

    hinc empta apertissime praetura,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 100:

    equite Romano per te apertissime interfecto,

    id. Har. Resp. 30:

    largiri,

    id. ib. 56:

    praedari,

    id. Verr. 1, 130.—
    II.
    Esp. of what is set forth in words or writing, plainly, clearly, freely, without reserve:

    nempe ergo aperte vis quae restant me loqui?

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 24; id. Phorm. 4, 3, 49:

    aperte indicat (lex) posse rationem habere non praesentis,

    Cic. ad Brut. 1, 5, 3:

    Non tu istuc mihi dictura aperte es, quicquid est?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 3:

    narrare,

    id. Heaut. 4, 3, 24:

    scribere,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 7, 3; Quint. 1, 5, 43.— Comp.:

    Planius atque apertius dicam,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 14, 43:

    distinguere,

    Quint. 3, 6, 45.— Sup.:

    istius injurias quam apertissime vobis planissimeque explicare,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 64, 156:

    aliquid apertissime ostendere,

    Quint. 5, 12, 11.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aperte

  • 76 extendo

    ex-tendo, di, tum (also extensum, Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 145; Ov. A. A. 3, 302; Stat. Th. 6, 902 al.; cf. the forms extensio, extensor, etc.), 3, v. a., to stretch out, spread outextend (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    (vincla escaria) quam magis extendas, tanto astringunt artius,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 19: idem Crassus, Per tuas statuas cum dixit et extento bracchio paululum etiam de gestu addidit, vehementius risimus, Cic. de Or. 2, 59, 242;

    for which: (Zeno) cum extensis digitis adversam manum ostenderet,

    id. Ac. 2, 47, 145:

    manum,

    Quint. 11, 3, 119; cf. Cels. 7, 23 fin.:

    cervicem,

    Vell. 2, 70, 2: crura ad [p. 707] longitudinem, Plin. 10, 64, 84, § 183:

    cutem,

    to stretch out, smooth out, id. 32, 6, 21, § 65:

    chartam malleo,

    id. 13, 12, 26, § 82:

    lineam,

    id. 9, 59, 85, § 182:

    capita tignorum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 9, 1:

    cornua aciei,

    Curt. 4, 13 fin.; cf.:

    agmen ad mare,

    id. 3, 9 fin.:

    majores pennas nido,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 21:

    extendit pectitque comas,

    Juv. 6, 496: labellum, to stretch as in pouting, id. 14, 325:

    gladios,

    to forge, id. 15, 168.—Mid.:

    jussit et extendi campos, subsidere valles,

    to extend themselves, spread out, Ov. M. 1, 43:

    ignis extenditur per campos,

    spreads, Verg. A. 10, 407; and:

    cum ad summum palum vitis extenta est,

    Col. 4, 20, 3:

    fusus humi totoque ingens extenditur antro,

    stretches himself out, Verg. A. 6, 423.—Prov.: ire per extentum funem, to walk on a tight rope, i. e. to perform a very difficult feat, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 210 (Gr. epi schoiniou peripatein).
    II.
    Trop., to extend, increase, enlarge, lengthen, spread.
    A.
    In gen.:

    epistolam,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 20:

    agros (populus Rom. victor),

    to extend, Hor. A. P. 208:

    verba (opp. corripere),

    Quint. 10, 1, 29:

    perculit et multa moribundum extendit arenā,

    stretched out, extended, Verg. A. 5, 374; 9, 589:

    tam immodice epistulam extendi, ut, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 9, 16; 3, 5, 20; 5, 15, 7:

    famam factis,

    Verg. A. 10, 468; cf.:

    nomen in ultimas oras,

    Hor. C. 3, 3, 45:

    cupiditatem gloriae,

    Liv. 28, 43, 5:

    spem in Africam quoque,

    id. 24, 48, 1:

    artem suam per hanc successionem,

    Petr. 140:

    pretia usque eo extendens, ut, etc.,

    Suet. Calig. 38:

    extentis itineribus,

    by forced marches, Liv. 30, 19, 1:

    cursus,

    to proceed, Verg. A. 12, 909:

    partitionem ultra tres propositiones,

    Quint. 4, 5, 3:

    voluntatem suam ad ulteriores,

    Dig. 32, 1, 33:

    officium suum ad lapidum venditionem,

    ib. 20, 4, 21:

    cum se magnis itineribus extenderet,

    i. e. was exerting himself, Caes. B. C. 3, 77 fin.:

    se supra vires,

    Liv. 34, 4, 15:

    magis ille extenditur,

    is excited, Juv. 11, 169.—
    B.
    In partic., of time, to extend, prolong, continue; to spend, pass:

    ab hora tertia cum ad noctem pugnam extendissent,

    Liv. 27, 2, 6:

    comissationes ad mediam noctem,

    Suet. Tit. 7:

    labores in horam quintam,

    Mart. 4, 8, 3:

    luctus suos,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 15:

    curas venientem in annum,

    extends his thoughts to the coming year, Verg. G. 2, 405:

    tempus epularum,

    Plin. Pan. 49, 5;

    consulatum,

    id. ib. 61, 6;

    extento aevo vivere,

    Hor. C. 2, 2, 5; Sil. 3, 95:

    suam aetatem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 26:

    se ad centesimum annum, i. e. vitam,

    Val. Max. 5, 2 ext. 4.— Hence,
    1.
    extentus, a, um, P. a., extended, extensive, wide:

    mare, fontes extentaque longe flumina,

    Lucr. 1, 230 Lachm. N. cr. (al. externa):

    stagna latius Lucrino lacu,

    Hor. C. 2, 15, 3:

    oculi,

    wide open, Quint. 11, 3, 76:

    sonus (lusciniae),

    drawn out, prolonged, Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 82.— Sup.:

    castra inter confragosa omnia praeruptaque quam extentissima potest valle locat,

    Liv. 21, 32, 9 Drak. N. cr.:

    spatia,

    Sol. 52.— Adv.: ex-tente, widely; only comp.:

    quadratus eminet stilus extentius,

    Amm. 23, 4, 2 (dub.):

    porrecto extentius brachio,

    id. 18, 6, 13.—
    2.
    extense, adv., at length, extensively (post-class.):

    dominus extensius ista disponit,

    Tert. Idol. 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > extendo

  • 77 membrum

    membrum, i, n. [etym. dub.; perh. for mems-trum; cf. Sanscr. māmsa, flesh], a limb, member of the body (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    jam membrorum, id est partium corporis, alia videntur propter eorum usum a natura esse donata, ut manus, crura, pedes, etc.... alia quasi ad quendam ornatum, ut cauda pavoni, plumae versicolores columbis, viris mammae atque barba,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 5, 18; Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 66:

    defessa,

    Verg. G. 4, 438; Suet. Vesp. 20:

    hispida membra,

    Juv. 2, 11:

    membrum lacerum laesumve,

    Gell. 4, 2, 15:

    propter membrum ruptum talio,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 223.—
    B.
    In partic., = membrum virile, Auct. Priap. 70, 17. So plur. membra, Ov. Am. 3, 7, 65; cf. App. M. 5, 6, p. 161; id. ib. 10, 31, p. 254; Aus. Epigr. 120, 4.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Of inanim. and abstr. things, a part, portion, division:

    omnes philosophiae partes atque omnia membra,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 4, 9:

    solvere quassatae parcite membra ratis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 2:

    per omnia philosophiae membra prudenter disputando currere,

    Amm. 16, 5, 6: eadem sunt membra in utrāque disputatione, Cic. de Or. 3, 30, 119 —
    2.
    Of persons:

    Ponticus... Bassus... dulcia convictūs membra fuere mei,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 48:

    membra et partes alienae potentiae,

    Sen. Ep. 21, 6; cf. poet.:

    fluctuantia membra Libyae,

    Sil. 2, 310.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    A member of the state:

    per multa membra civitas in unum tantum corpus redigitur,

    Just. 5, 10, 10:

    membra partesque imperii,

    Suet. Aug. 48:

    reipublicae totius membra,

    Amm. 18, 5, 1:

    urbis,

    id. 15, 7, 5:

    Achaei scilicet per civitates velut per membra divisi sunt, unum tamen corpus et unum imperium habent,

    Just. 34, 1, 2: corpore sic toto ac membris Roma usa. Sil. 12, 318:

    cur ut decisa atque avulsa a corpore membra despiciar,

    id. 1, 670.—
    2.
    An apartment, chamber in a house:

    dormitorium membrum,

    a bed-chamber, Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 9:

    domūs membra,

    App. M. 3, 28, p. 141; 7, 1, p. 188:

    modus membrorum numerusque,

    Col. 6, 1, 1:

    cubicula et ejusmodi membra,

    Cic. ad Q. Fr. 3, 1, 1, § 2.—
    3.
    Of speech, a member or clause of a sentence: quae Graeci kommata et kôla nominant, nos recte incisa et membra dicimus, Cic. Or. 62, 211; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 19, 26.—
    4.
    Of the Church of Christ:

    singuli autem alter alterius membra,

    Vulg. Rom. 12, 5; cf.

    the context: membra sumus corporis ejus,

    i. e. Christ's, id. Eph. 5, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > membrum

  • 78 Mors

    mors, tis, f. [root mor, v. morior] (dat. morte, Varr. ap. Gell. 24), death in every form, natural or violent (syn.: letum, nex).
    I.
    Lit.:

    omnium rerum mors est extremum,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:

    mors ultima linea rerum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 79:

    mortem sibi consciscere,

    to kill one's self, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 56, § 129:

    obire,

    to die, id. Phil. 5, 17, 48;

    Plaut Aul. prol. 15: nam necessest me... cras mortem exequi,

    id. Ps. 4, 2, 38:

    certae occumbere morti,

    to submit to, Verg. A. 2, 62:

    aliquem ad mortem dare,

    to put to death, kill, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 177:

    morti,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 197:

    aliquem morte multare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 22, 50; so,

    per vim,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 5, § 14:

    morte multatus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 40, 97; Tac. A. 6, 9; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 15; Lact. 2, 9, 24:

    morte punire,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 12; Tac. A. 4, 44; 11, 18:

    mortis poena,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7:

    morti addici,

    id. Off. 3, 10, 45:

    omne humanum genus morte damnatum est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 15:

    Antonius civium suorum vitae sedebat mortisque arbiter,

    Sen. Polyb. 16, 2:

    vitae et mortis habere potestatem,

    Vulg. Sap. 16, 13:

    illata per scelus,

    assassination, Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    ad mortem se offerre pro patriā,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 32: afferre, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2:

    multare aliquem usque ad mortem,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 9:

    morte cadere,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 15: morte acerbissimā affici, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2:

    multare,

    id. de Or. 1, 43, 100:

    ad mortem duci,

    id. Tusc. 1, 42, 100:

    cui legatio ipsa morti fuisset,

    brought death, id. Phil. 9, 1, 3:

    imperfecta,

    blindness, Stat. Th. 11, 582: morte suā mori, to die a natural death:

    bella res est, mori suā morte,

    Sen. Ep. 69, 6:

    mors suprema,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173; Sil. 5, 416: mortis fine, Boëth. Consol. 2, 7: quae rapit ultima mors est, Lucil. ap. Sen. Ep. 24, 20: proximus morti = moriens, Aug. Civ. Dei, 22, 8; App. M. 1, 72; cf.:

    morti vicinus,

    Aug. Serm. 306, 10; Hier. in Joel, 1, 13 al.; cf.:

    cui, mors cum appropinquet,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    cujus aetati mors propior erat,

    Sall. H. 2, 41, 9:

    adpropinquante morte,

    Cic. Div. 1, 30, 64 sq.:

    ut prorogetur tibi dies mortis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 17, 6:

    circa mortis diem,

    id. Ep. 27, 2:

    mansurum est vitium usque ad diem mortis,

    Cels. 7, 7, 15 init. — Poet.:

    mors sola fatetur quantula sint hominum corpuscula,

    Juv. 10, 173. —In plur.:

    mortes, when several persons are spoken of: praeclarae mortes sunt imperatoriae,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Hor. S. 1, 3, 108:

    meorum,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 16, 1:

    perdere mortes,

    to throw away lives, to die in vain, Stat. Th. 9, 58:

    hinc subitae mortes,

    Juv. 1, 144.—Also of different forms or modes of death:

    omnīs per mortīs,

    Verg. A. 10, 854; cf.:

    omni imagine mortium,

    Tac. H. 3, 28; Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2.—Rarely of an abstract thing:

    fere rerum omnium oblivio morsque memoriae,

    death, total loss, Plin. 14, 22, 28, § 142.—
    B.
    Personified.
    1.
    Mors, a goddess, the daughter of Erebus and Nox, Cic. N. D. 3, 17, 44; Verg. A. 11, 197; Hyg. Fab. praef.—
    2.
    (Eccl. Lat.) = eum qui habebat mortis imperium, id est, diabolum, Vulg. Heb. 2, 14; id. Isa. 28, 15; cf.:

    ero mors tua, o mors,

    id. Hos. 13, 14; id. Apoc. 6, 8.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    A dead body, corpse (mostly poet.): morte campos contegi, with corpses, Att. ap. Non. 110, 31:

    mortem ejus (Clodii) lacerari,

    body, corpse, Cic. Mil. 32, 86; Cat. 64, 362; Prop. 3, 5, 22:

    vitis, quam juxta hominis mors laqueo pependerit,

    Plin. 14, 19, 23, § 119; Stat. Th. 1, 768.—Hence, jestingly, of an old man:

    odiosum est mortem amplexari,

    a corpse, a skeleton, Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    B.
    Like phonos, the blood shed by murder:

    ensem multā morte recepit,

    Verg. A. 9, 348.—
    C.
    That which brings death (of missiles), a deadly weapon ( poet.):

    mille cavet lapsas circum cava tempora mortes,

    Stat. Th. 6, 792; Luc. 7, 517:

    per pectora saevas Exceptat mortes,

    Sil. 9, 369.—Of a sentence or threat of death:

    ut auferat a me mortem istam,

    Vulg. Ex. 10, 17;

    of terrible pangs and anxieties: contritiones mortis,

    id. 2 Reg. 22, 5:

    dolores mortis,

    id. Psa. 18, 4; 116, 3;

    of a cruel and murderous officer: aderat mors terrorque sociorum et civium lictor Sestius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 118.—
    D.
    Esp. (eccl. Lat.):

    mors secunda,

    the second death, future punishment, Vulg. Apoc. 2, 11; 20, 6; 14:

    mors alone,

    id. 1 Joh. 5, 16; also spiritual death, that of a soul under the dominion of sin:

    stimulus mortis peccatum est,

    id. 1 Cor. 15, 56; Rom. 8, 6 et saep.; cf. Lact. 7, 10 fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Mors

  • 79 mors

    mors, tis, f. [root mor, v. morior] (dat. morte, Varr. ap. Gell. 24), death in every form, natural or violent (syn.: letum, nex).
    I.
    Lit.:

    omnium rerum mors est extremum,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:

    mors ultima linea rerum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 79:

    mortem sibi consciscere,

    to kill one's self, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 56, § 129:

    obire,

    to die, id. Phil. 5, 17, 48;

    Plaut Aul. prol. 15: nam necessest me... cras mortem exequi,

    id. Ps. 4, 2, 38:

    certae occumbere morti,

    to submit to, Verg. A. 2, 62:

    aliquem ad mortem dare,

    to put to death, kill, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 177:

    morti,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 197:

    aliquem morte multare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 22, 50; so,

    per vim,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 5, § 14:

    morte multatus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 40, 97; Tac. A. 6, 9; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 15; Lact. 2, 9, 24:

    morte punire,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 12; Tac. A. 4, 44; 11, 18:

    mortis poena,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7:

    morti addici,

    id. Off. 3, 10, 45:

    omne humanum genus morte damnatum est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 15:

    Antonius civium suorum vitae sedebat mortisque arbiter,

    Sen. Polyb. 16, 2:

    vitae et mortis habere potestatem,

    Vulg. Sap. 16, 13:

    illata per scelus,

    assassination, Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    ad mortem se offerre pro patriā,

    id. Tusc. 1, 15, 32: afferre, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2:

    multare aliquem usque ad mortem,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 9:

    morte cadere,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 15: morte acerbissimā affici, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 2:

    multare,

    id. de Or. 1, 43, 100:

    ad mortem duci,

    id. Tusc. 1, 42, 100:

    cui legatio ipsa morti fuisset,

    brought death, id. Phil. 9, 1, 3:

    imperfecta,

    blindness, Stat. Th. 11, 582: morte suā mori, to die a natural death:

    bella res est, mori suā morte,

    Sen. Ep. 69, 6:

    mors suprema,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173; Sil. 5, 416: mortis fine, Boëth. Consol. 2, 7: quae rapit ultima mors est, Lucil. ap. Sen. Ep. 24, 20: proximus morti = moriens, Aug. Civ. Dei, 22, 8; App. M. 1, 72; cf.:

    morti vicinus,

    Aug. Serm. 306, 10; Hier. in Joel, 1, 13 al.; cf.:

    cui, mors cum appropinquet,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    cujus aetati mors propior erat,

    Sall. H. 2, 41, 9:

    adpropinquante morte,

    Cic. Div. 1, 30, 64 sq.:

    ut prorogetur tibi dies mortis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 17, 6:

    circa mortis diem,

    id. Ep. 27, 2:

    mansurum est vitium usque ad diem mortis,

    Cels. 7, 7, 15 init. — Poet.:

    mors sola fatetur quantula sint hominum corpuscula,

    Juv. 10, 173. —In plur.:

    mortes, when several persons are spoken of: praeclarae mortes sunt imperatoriae,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97; so Hor. S. 1, 3, 108:

    meorum,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 16, 1:

    perdere mortes,

    to throw away lives, to die in vain, Stat. Th. 9, 58:

    hinc subitae mortes,

    Juv. 1, 144.—Also of different forms or modes of death:

    omnīs per mortīs,

    Verg. A. 10, 854; cf.:

    omni imagine mortium,

    Tac. H. 3, 28; Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2.—Rarely of an abstract thing:

    fere rerum omnium oblivio morsque memoriae,

    death, total loss, Plin. 14, 22, 28, § 142.—
    B.
    Personified.
    1.
    Mors, a goddess, the daughter of Erebus and Nox, Cic. N. D. 3, 17, 44; Verg. A. 11, 197; Hyg. Fab. praef.—
    2.
    (Eccl. Lat.) = eum qui habebat mortis imperium, id est, diabolum, Vulg. Heb. 2, 14; id. Isa. 28, 15; cf.:

    ero mors tua, o mors,

    id. Hos. 13, 14; id. Apoc. 6, 8.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    A dead body, corpse (mostly poet.): morte campos contegi, with corpses, Att. ap. Non. 110, 31:

    mortem ejus (Clodii) lacerari,

    body, corpse, Cic. Mil. 32, 86; Cat. 64, 362; Prop. 3, 5, 22:

    vitis, quam juxta hominis mors laqueo pependerit,

    Plin. 14, 19, 23, § 119; Stat. Th. 1, 768.—Hence, jestingly, of an old man:

    odiosum est mortem amplexari,

    a corpse, a skeleton, Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    B.
    Like phonos, the blood shed by murder:

    ensem multā morte recepit,

    Verg. A. 9, 348.—
    C.
    That which brings death (of missiles), a deadly weapon ( poet.):

    mille cavet lapsas circum cava tempora mortes,

    Stat. Th. 6, 792; Luc. 7, 517:

    per pectora saevas Exceptat mortes,

    Sil. 9, 369.—Of a sentence or threat of death:

    ut auferat a me mortem istam,

    Vulg. Ex. 10, 17;

    of terrible pangs and anxieties: contritiones mortis,

    id. 2 Reg. 22, 5:

    dolores mortis,

    id. Psa. 18, 4; 116, 3;

    of a cruel and murderous officer: aderat mors terrorque sociorum et civium lictor Sestius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 118.—
    D.
    Esp. (eccl. Lat.):

    mors secunda,

    the second death, future punishment, Vulg. Apoc. 2, 11; 20, 6; 14:

    mors alone,

    id. 1 Joh. 5, 16; also spiritual death, that of a soul under the dominion of sin:

    stimulus mortis peccatum est,

    id. 1 Cor. 15, 56; Rom. 8, 6 et saep.; cf. Lact. 7, 10 fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > mors

  • 80 πείθω

    A persuade, [tense] impf.

    ἔπειθον Il.22.91

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.

    πεῖθον 16.842

    , B.8.16 : [tense] fut.

    πείσω Il.9.345

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. inf.

    πεισέμεν 5.252

    : [tense] aor. 1

    ἔπεισα Pi.O.2.80

    , A.Eu.84, Ar.Pl. 304, etc. (Hom. has only opt.

    πείσειε Od.14.123

    ); [dialect] Aeol. part.

    πείσαις Pi.O.3.16

    : [tense] aor. 2

    ἔπῐθον Id.P.3.65

    (poet. πίθον), Corinn.Supp.2.58 (poet. dual πιθέταν), A. Supp. 941, Ar.Pl. 949, Theoc.22.64, used by Hom. only in [dialect] Ep. redupl. forms

    πεπίθωμεν Il.9.112

    ,

    πεπίθοιμι 23.40

    , A.R.3.14,

    πεπῐθεῖν Il.9.184

    , A.R.3.536,

    πεπῐθών Pi.I.4(3).72

    (v. infr.),

    πεπιθοῦσα Il.15.26

    (ind. not in Il. or Od.,

    πέπιθον A.R.1.964

    ,

    πέπιθε h.Ap. 275

    ): [tense] pf.

    πέπεικα Lys. 26.7

    , Is.8.24, Isoc.14.15 :—[voice] Med. and [voice] Pass. [full] πείθομαι, obey, Il.1.79, etc.: [tense] fut. πείσομαι ib. 289, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἐπῐθόμην, [dialect] Ep.

    πιθόμην 5.201

    ,

    ἐπίθετο Ar.Nu.73

    ,

    ἐπίθοντο Il.3.260

    , IG22.29.14, redupl.

    πεπίθοντο Orph.Fr. 135

    ; imper.

    πίθεο Pi.P.1.59

    ,

    πιθοῦ S.Ant. 992

    , pl.

    πίθεσθε A.Eu. 794

    ; subj.

    πίθωμαι Il.18.273

    , etc.; opt.

    πιθοίμην 4.93

    , etc. (redupl.

    πεπίθοιτο 10.204

    ); inf.

    πιθέσθαι 7.293

    , etc. (

    πεπιθέσθαι AP14.75

    ); part.

    πιθόμενος S.Ph. 1226

    : [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med.

    ἐπεισάμην IG12(5).720.5

    (Andros, ii B. C.), Aristid.1.391 J., Sopat. in Rh.8.150 W.: [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.

    πεισθήσομαι S.Ph. 624

    , Pl.Sph. 248e, etc.: [tense] aor. 1

    ἐπείσθην A.Eu. 593

    , S.OT 526, Ar.Nu. 866, X.An.7.7.29 : [tense] pf.

    πέπεισμαι A.Pers. 697

    , E.El. 578, Pl.Prt. 328e; Thess. [tense] pf. inf.

    πεπεῖστειν IG9(2).517.16

    (Larissa, iii B. C.).
    II intr. tenses of [voice] Act., in pass. sense, [tense] pf. 2

    πέποιθα Il.4.325

    , etc. (not freq. in Prose); imper.

    πέπεισθι A.Eu. 599

    codd.; [ per.] 2sg. subj.

    πεποίθῃς Il.1.524

    ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. πεποίθομεν (for- ωμεν) Od.10.335 ; opt.

    πεποιθοίη Ar.Ach. 940

    : [tense] plpf.

    ἐπεποίθειν Il. 16.171

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἐπεποίθεσαν Hdt.9.88

    ; [dialect] Ep.

    πεποίθεα Od.4.434

    , 8.181 ; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἐπέπιθμεν Il.2.341

    , 4.159 : Pi. uses [tense] aor. 2 part. πιθών = πιθόμενος, P.3.28, redupl.

    πεπιθών I.4(3).72

    .
    III as if from [full] πῐθέω, Hom. has [tense] fut.

    πῐθήσω Od.21.369

    ( obey): [tense] aor. part.

    πῐθήσας Il.4.398

    ( trust), cf. Hes. Op. 359, 671, Pi.P.4.109, A.Ch. 618 (lyr.), Lyc.735 ; redupl. [tense] aor. subj. πεπῐθήσω trans., Il.22.223 :—also [dialect] Aeol. [full] πίθημι, part.

    πίθεις Alc.Supp. 9.4

    .
    A [voice] Act., prevail upon, persuade, usu. by fair means, τινα Il.9.345, etc.; πεπιθεῖν φρένας Αἰακίδαο ib. 184 ;

    σοὶ δὲ φρένας ἄφρονι πεῖθε 16.842

    ;

    τοῦ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔπειθον 9.587

    , cf. Od.7.258, 23.337 ;

    Ἕκτορι θυμὸν ἔπειθε Il.22.78

    : c. acc. pers. et inf., persuade one to.., ib. 223, A.Eu. 724, etc.; π. τινὰς ὥστε δοῦναι, etc., Hdt.6.5, cf. Th.3.31, etc.; ὥστε μὴ .. S.Ph. 901 ; later ἵνα .. Ev.Matt. 27.20, Plu.2.181a; π. τινὰς ὡς χρὴ.., ὡς ἔστι .., Pl.R. 327c, 364b;

    π. τινὰ ἐς τὴν ὁμολογίαν Th.5.76

    ;

    κοὐδείς γέ μ' ἂν πείσειεν.. τὸ μὴ ἐλθεῖν Ar.Ra.68

    ; πείθω ἐμαυτόν I persuade myself, am persuaded, believe, Th.6.33, And.1.70, Pl.Grg. 453b, etc.; also

    π. τι ὠφέλιμον ὄν Th.4.17

    : freq. in part., πείσας by persuasion, by fair means, opp. ἐν δόλῳ, S.Ph. 102, cf. 612; opp. βίᾳ, Trag.Adesp.402 ; πόλιν πείσας having obtained the city's consent, S. OC 1298 ;

    δᾶμον πείσαις λόγῳ Pi.O.3.16

    ; μὴ πείσας unless by leave, Pl.Lg. 844e ;

    οὐ πείσαντες τὸν δῆμον Aeschin.3.41

    ; πείθοντες, opp. βίᾳ, X.An.5.5.11 ; π. γυναῖκα, opp. βιάζεσθαι, Id.Cyr.6.1.34 ; πέπεικε, opp. ἠνάγκακε, Pl.Hipparch. 232b (but

    π. ἀνάγκῃ D.C.62.16

    , cf. πειθανάγκη): with neut. pron., persuade one to or of a thing,

    τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἔπειθε τοὺς Φωκαιέας Hdt.1.163

    , cf. A.Pr. 1064 (anap.), Pl.R. 399b, etc.;

    ἔπειθον οὐδέν' οὐδέν A.Ag. 1212

    ; μὴ πεῖθ' ἃ μὴ δεῖ do not attempt to persuade me to.., S.OC 1442 ; also τοιάνδ' ἔπειθε ῥῆσιν addressed them thus, A.Supp. 615.
    2 prevail on by entreaty, Il. 24.219, Od.14.363 ;

    τότε κέν μιν ἱλασσάμενοι πεπίθοιμεν Il.1.100

    ;

    ὥς κέν μιν ἀρεσσάμενοι πεπίθωμεν 9.112

    , cf. 181, 386, Hes.Sc. 450 ;

    Ζηνὸς ἦτορ λιταῖς Pi.O.2.80

    , cf. Pl.R. 366a, Ap. 37d : c. dupl. acc.,

    τὸν φόρον ὑποτελῶ Ἀθηναίοισιν, ὃν ἂν πείθω Ἀθηναίους IG12.39.27

    .
    2 π. τινὰ χρήμασι bribe, Hdt.8.134, Lys.21.10 ; π. ἐπὶ μισθῷ μισθῷ, Hdt.8.4, 9.33, Th.2.96, etc. ([voice] Pass.,

    χρήμασι πεισθείς Id.1.137

    ): prov.,

    δῶρα θεοὺς πείθει Hes.Fr. 272

    ; πείθειν τινά alone, Lys. 7.21, X.An.1.3.19, Act.Ap. 12.20.
    3 offood, tempt, Xenocr. ap. Orib. 2.58.84.
    B [voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., to be prevailed on, won over, persuaded, abs., Il.5.201, etc. ; imper. freq. in Trag., πείθου be persuaded, S.OC 520, El. 1015, E.Fr. 440 ; but πιθοῦ comply, S.OC 1181, El. 1207 : c. inf., to be persuaded to do, Id.Ph. 624; πείθεσθέ μοι πρύτανιν ἑλέσθαι Pl.Prt. 338a ; also πείθεσθαί τινι ὥστε .. Th. 2.2 ; ὃ.. ὑμεῖς.. ἥκιστ' ἂν ὀξέως πείθοισθε (sc. πρᾶξαι) Id.6.34 ; ἑκὼν καὶ πεπεισμένος of one's own free will, POxy. ivp 203 (iv A.D.), etc. ; τὰ μὲν παρ' ἡμῶν ἴσθι σοι πεπεισμένα we are won over to you, Ar. Th. 1170.
    2 πείθεσθαί τινι listen to one, obey him, Il. 1.79, etc. ; τοῖς ἐν τέλει βεβῶσι π. S. Ant. 67 ; τοῖς ἄρχουσι, τῷ νόμῳ, X. Cyr. 1.2.8, An. 7.3.39 ;

    μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν Pl. Ap. 29d

    : sts. c. dupl. dat., ἔπεσι, μύθοισι π. τινί, Il.1.150, 23.157 : without dat. pers.,

    ἐπείθετο μύθῳ 1.33

    , cf. Od. 17.177 ; γήραϊ πείθεσθαι yield, succumb to old age, Il.23.645 ; στυγερῇ πειθώμεθα δαιτί let us comply with the custom of eating, sad though the meal be, ib.48 ; νῦν μὲν πειθώμεθα νυκτὶ μελαίνῃ, of leaving off the labours of the day, 8.502 ; ἀδίκοις ἔργμασι π. Sol.4.11, 13.12.
    b with Adj. neut., σημάντορι πάντα πιθέσθαι obey him in all things, Od. 17.21 ; ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω wherein I think some will not obey, Il.1.289, cf. 4.93, 7.48, Hdt. 6.100, etc. ;

    πάντ' ἔγωγε πείσομαι S.Aj. 529

    ;

    πείσομαι δ' ἃ σοὶ δοκεῖ Id.Tr. 1180

    ;

    οὐ.. πείθομαι τὸ δρᾶν Id.Ph. 1252

    ;

    μύθοις.. πεισθεὶς ἀφανῆ E. Hipp. 1288

    (anap.), cf. Lys.22.3 : rarely with Noun in acc., χρήμασι πεισθῆναι [ τὴν ἀναχώρησιν] Th.2.21 (s.v.l.).
    3 c. gen., four times in Hdt.,

    πείθεσθαί τινος 1.126

    , 5.29, 33,6.12, cf. E. IA 726, Th. 7.73 ;

    πείσθητί μευ Herod. 1.66

    ; κείνου.. πιθοίατο vulg. in Il.10.57.
    II πείθεσθαί τινι believe, trust in,

    πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ Od. 20.45

    ;

    οἰωνοῖσι Il.12.238

    ;

    τεράεσσι θεῶν καὶ Ζηνὸς ἀρωγῇ 4.408

    ;

    ἐνυπνίῳ Pi.O. 13.79

    ;

    λεγομένοισι Hdt. 2.146

    , etc.: c. acc. et inf., believe that..,

    οὐ γάρ πω ἐπείθετο ὃν πατέρ' εἶναι Od. 16.192

    , cf. Hdt. 1.8, etc.: c. dat. pers. et inf., π. τινὶ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα, = ὅτι χρήματα οὐκ ἔχει, X.An. 7.8.3 : with

    ὡς, οὐ πείσονται ὡς σὺ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἠθέλησας Pl. Cri. 44c

    , cf. R. 391b : with neut. Adj. or Pron., τὰ περὶ Αἴγυπτον τοῖσι λέγουσι αὐτὰ π., οὐκ ἐπείθοντο τὰ ἐσαγγελθέντα, Hdt.2.12, 8.81 ;

    πείθεσθε τούτῳ ταῦτα Ar. Th. 592

    ; ταῦτ' ἐγώ σοι οὐ πείθομαι I do not take this on your word, Pl.Ap. 25e, cf. Phdr. 235b : abs.,

    ὡς ἐγὼ πείθομαι Phld.Po.5.34

    .
    b π. τινὰ ὅπως .. to believe of him, that.., E. Hipp. 1251.
    III [tense] pf. 2 πέποιθα trust, rely on, c. dat. pers. vel rei, Il.4.325, etc. (not freq. in early Prose, as

    αὑτῷ πεποιθέναι Pl. Mx. 248a

    ): c. dat. et inf.,

    οὔ πω χερσὶ πέποιθα ἄνδρ' ἀπαμύνασθαι Od. 16.71

    , cf. Il.13.96, etc.: c. dat.,

    οἷσι.. μαρναμένοισι πέποιθε Od.16.98

    : later c. inf. only, πέποιθα τοῦτ' ἐπισπάσειν κλέος I trust to win this fame, S.Aj. 769 ; αἰχμήν.. μᾶλλον θεοῦ σέβειν πεποιθώς daring to.., A. Th. 530: once in Hdt.,

    χρήμασι ἐπεποίθεσαν διώσεσθαι 9.88

    : rarely c. acc. et inf.,

    πέποιθα.. τὸν πυρφόρον ἥξειν κεραυνόν A. Th. 444

    ;

    εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ Χριστοῦ εἶναι 2 Ep.Cor.10.7

    ; π. εἴς τινας ὅτι .. Ep.Gal.5.10; ἐπί τινας ὅτι .. 2 Ep.Cor. 2.3 ;

    ἐπὶ χρήμασι Ev.Marc. 10.24

    : abs., ὄφρα πεποίθῃς that you may feel confidence, Il.1.524, Od.13.344 ; πεποιθώς in sure confidence, LXXDe. 33.28.
    IV post-Hom. [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. πέπεισμαι believe, trust, c. dat.,

    νεκροῖσι A. Eu. 599

    ;

    ὀνείροις E.Hel. 1190

    , etc.: c. acc. et inf., συνοίσειν ταῦτα πέπ. D.4.51, cf. Pl. R. 368a : abs.,

    νῦν δὲ πέπεισμαι Id.Prt. 328e

    ; πεπεισμένος ἔκ τινων λογίων persuaded by.., Plu.Rom. 14 ;

    πεπείσμεθα περὶ ὑμῶν τὰ κρείττονα Ep.Hebr.6.9

    . (Cf. Lat. fido, fides.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πείθω

См. также в других словарях:

  • Rom — (Roma) …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Per Kirkeby — (born September 1, 1938) is a Danish painter, poet, filmmaker and sculptor Biography 1962 Studies at the Experimental Art School in Copenhagen; works in the School on painting, graphic arts, 8 millimeter films and performance pieces1974 First… …   Wikipedia

  • Per Svensson — Per Oskar „Pelle“ Svensson (* 6. Februar 1943 in Sollefteå) ist ein ehemaliger schwedischer Ringer. Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Werdegang 2 Internationale Erfolge 3 Schwedische Meisterschaften …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Per Berlin — Per Gunnar Börje Berlin (* 1. August 1921 in Södra Sandby) ist ein ehemaliger schwedischer Ringer. Er war zweifacher Medaillengewinner bei den Olympischen Spielen 1952 in Helsinki und 1956 in Melbourne. Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Werdegang 2… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Per Oscarsson — Per Oscar Heinrich Oscarsson (* 28. Januar 1927 in Stockholm; † 30. oder 31. Dezember 2010 nahe Skara) war ein schwedischer Schauspieler, Regisseur und Drehbuchautor. Durch seine Theaterarbeit und sein Mitwirken in über 130 Film und… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Per Rom — (born 28 October 1946) is a former Norwegian sprinter who specialized in the 200 and 400 metres.He finished eighth in 4 x 400 metres relay at the 1971 European Championships with his teammates Steinar Mo, Gøte Lundblad and Richard Simonsen. [… …   Wikipedia

  • Per aes (assem) et libram — (röm. Ant.), s.u. Emancipation 1) …   Pierer's Universal-Lexikon

  • Rom — 1. Auch in Rom müssen die Leute sterben. Der Umstand, dass der Papst dort wohnt, schützt vor dem Tode nicht, denn er muss selbst sterben. Lat.: Romae quoque homines moriuntur. (Eustathius.) (Binder II, 2976; Faselius, 225; Wiegand, 645.) 2.… …   Deutsches Sprichwörter-Lexikon

  • Per-Capita — Lateinische Phrasen   A B C D E F G H I L M N O P …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Rom 1960 — XVII. Olympische Sommerspiele Teilnehmende Nationen 83 Teilnehmende Athleten 5.352 (4.741 Männer, 611 Frauen) Wettbewerbe 150 in 17 Sportarten …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Per Sempre Amore — Single infobox Name = Per Sempre Amore Artist = Lolly from Album = Pick n Mix Released = Apr, 2000 Length = 2:57 Label = Polydor Records Producer = Chart position = #11 (UK) Last single = Big Boys Don t Cry / Rockin Robin (1999) This single = Per …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»